ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
APPLICATION NOTICE AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .............. 37 F
Input/Output Signal Chart ........................................37
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 17 System Description ..................................................37
G
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................17 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................... 17 (ASCD) .............................................................. 38
VQ TYPE 1 System Description ..................................................38
H
Component Description ...........................................39
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 18
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 40
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................18 System Description ..................................................40 I
DTC No. Index (U1000 - U1001) ............................. 18
DTC No. Index (P0011 - P0123) ............................. 18 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 41
DTC No. Index (P0138 - P0223) ............................. 19 Description ...............................................................41
DTC No. Index (P0300 - P0306) ............................. 19 Component Inspection .............................................43 J
DTC No. Index (P0327 - P0605) ............................. 19
DTC No. Index (P1031 - P1136) ............................. 20 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 45
DTC No. Index (P1146 - P1229) ............................. 20 Description ...............................................................45 K
DTC No. Index (P1271 - P1289) ............................. 21 Component Inspection .............................................45
DTC No. Index (P1564 - P1805) ............................. 21 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) .......... 47
DTC No. Index (P2122 - P2138) ............................. 22 L
Description ...............................................................47
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................23 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 48
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Introduction ..............................................................48 M
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Two Trip Detection Logic .........................................48
SIONER" ................................................................. 23
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .................49
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ........ 23
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................59
Precaution ............................................................... 23 N
OBD System Operation Chart .................................62
Wiring Diagram and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 26
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ....................... 67
PREPARATION ..................................................27 Basic Inspection ......................................................67
Special Service Tool ............................................... 27 O
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .....................70
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 28
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .......72
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 28
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning .................72
Idle Air Volume Learning .........................................72 P
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................32
Schematic ............................................................... 32 Fuel Pressure Check ...............................................74
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................... 32 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................... 77
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ................................ 35
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ................................77
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................82
Speed) ..................................................................... 35
Fail-Safe Chart ........................................................83

EC-1
 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 84 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 155
Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 89 Component Description ........................................ 155
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 96 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 97 Mode ..................................................................... 155
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 99 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 155
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................... 99 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 155
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) .........................107 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 157
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function .......................117 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Inspection .......................................... 160
Mode ......................................................................118 Removal and Installation ....................................... 161
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................121 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 162
Component Description ........................................ 162
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 162
VALUE ............................................................. 124 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 162
Description .............................................................124 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 163
Testing Condition ...................................................124 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
Inspection Procedure .............................................124 Component Inspection .......................................... 165
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................124 Removal and Installation ....................................... 165

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 166
INCIDENT ........................................................ 132 Component Description ........................................ 166
Description .............................................................132 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 166
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................132 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 167
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 168
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
Wiring Diagram ......................................................133 Component Inspection .......................................... 170
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................136 Removal and Installation ....................................... 170
Ground Inspection .................................................139
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..................... 171
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION Component Description ........................................ 171
LINE ................................................................. 141 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Description .............................................................141 Mode ..................................................................... 171
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................141 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 171
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................141 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 171
Wiring Diagram ......................................................142 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 172
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................142 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
Component Inspection .......................................... 175
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ................. 143 Removal and Installation ....................................... 176
Description .............................................................143
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 .............................. 177
Mode ......................................................................143 Component Description ........................................ 177
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................144 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................144 Mode ..................................................................... 177
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................145 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 177
Component Inspection ...........................................146 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 177
Removal and Installation .......................................146 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 179
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 Component Inspection .......................................... 184
HEATER ........................................................... 147 Removal and Installation ....................................... 185
Description .............................................................147
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 .............................. 186
Mode ......................................................................147 Component Description ........................................ 186
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................147 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................147 Mode ..................................................................... 186
Wiring Diagram ......................................................149 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 186
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................152 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 186
Component Inspection ...........................................154 Overall Function Check ......................................... 187
Removal and Installation .......................................154 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 189
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192

EC-2
 Component Inspection .......................................... 194 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 240
Removal and Installation ....................................... 195 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 242 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYS- Component Inspection ........................................... 247
TEM FUNCTION ............................................... 196 Removal and Installation ....................................... 248 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 196
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 196 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 198 FUNCTION ...................................................... 249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 249 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 249
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYS- Overall Function Check ......................................... 250
TEM FUNCTION ............................................... 206 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 250 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 206
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 206 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 208 VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 253
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 211 Description ............................................................. 253 E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..................... 216 Mode ...................................................................... 253
Component Description ......................................... 216 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 254 F
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 254
Mode ..................................................................... 216 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 255
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 216 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 256 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 216 Component Inspection ........................................... 258
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 217 Removal and Installation ....................................... 258
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218
Component Inspection .......................................... 220 DTC P0500 VSS .............................................. 259 H
Removal and Installation ....................................... 221 Description ............................................................. 259
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 259
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 259 I
P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Overall Function Check ......................................... 259
FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE .............. 222 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 260
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 222
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR .............................. 261 J
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 222
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223 Component Description ......................................... 261
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ............ 229 Mode ...................................................................... 261 K
Component Description ......................................... 229 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 261
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 229 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 261
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 229 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 262 L
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 230 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 263
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231 Component Inspection ........................................... 264
Component Inspection .......................................... 232 Removal and Installation ....................................... 265
Removal and Installation ....................................... 233 M
DTC P0605 ECM ............................................. 266
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ................... 234 Component Description ......................................... 266
Component Description ......................................... 234 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 266 N
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 266
Mode ..................................................................... 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 267
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 234
DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SEN- O
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 234
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 235 SOR 1 HEATER .............................................. 268
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236 Description ............................................................. 268
Component Inspection .......................................... 238 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor P
Removal and Installation ....................................... 239 Mode ...................................................................... 268
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 268
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .. 240 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 268
Component Description ......................................... 240 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 269
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 272
Mode ..................................................................... 240 Component Inspection ........................................... 274
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 240 Removal and Installation .....................................

EC-3
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 275 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 303
Component Description .........................................275 Overall Function Check ......................................... 305
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................275 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 306
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................275 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 309
Wiring Diagram ......................................................276 Component Inspection .......................................... 311
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................277 Removal and Installation ....................................... 312

DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLE- DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 .............................. 313
NOID VALVE ................................................... 279 Component Description ........................................ 313
Component Description .........................................279 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 313
Mode ......................................................................279 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 313
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................279 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 313
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................279 Overall Function Check ......................................... 315
Wiring Diagram ......................................................280 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 316
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................283 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 319
Component Inspection ...........................................284 Component Inspection .......................................... 321
Removal and Installation .......................................285 Removal and Installation ....................................... 322

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ................... 323
TROL ACTUATOR .......................................... 286 Description ............................................................ 323
Component Description .........................................286 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 323
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................286 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 323
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................286 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 323
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...... 324
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- Description ............................................................ 324
TROL FUNCTION ............................................ 288 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324
Description .............................................................288 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 324
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................288 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 324
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................288 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 325
Wiring Diagram ......................................................289 Description ............................................................ 325
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................290 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection ...........................................293 Mode ..................................................................... 326
Removal and Installation .......................................293 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 326
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL Overall Function Check ......................................... 326
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 294 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 328
Component Description .........................................294 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 332
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................294 Component Inspection .......................................... 332
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................294 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .................................. 334
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................294 Component Description ........................................ 334
Wiring Diagram ......................................................296 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 334
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................297 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 334
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 299 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334
Removal and Installation ....................................... 335
Component Description .........................................299
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................299 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .................................. 336
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................299 Component Description ........................................ 336
Wiring Diagram ......................................................300 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 336
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................301 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 336
Component Inspection ...........................................302 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336
Removal and Installation .......................................302 Removal and Installation ....................................... 337
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 ............................. 303 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ......... 338
Component Description .........................................303 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 338
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 338
Mode ......................................................................303 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 339
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................303

EC-4
 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 342 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 392
Removal and Installation ....................................... 395 A
DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 345
Component Description ......................................... 345 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1 ................ 396
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ......................................... 396
Mode ..................................................................... 345 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 345 Mode ...................................................................... 396
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 345 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 396
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 347 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 396 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 350 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 398
Removal and Installation ....................................... 352 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 401
Removal and Installation ....................................... 404 D
DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 353
Component Description ......................................... 353 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ........ 405
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ......................................... 405
Mode ..................................................................... 353 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor E
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 353 Mode ...................................................................... 405
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 353 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 405
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 355 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 405 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 407
Removal and Installation ....................................... 360 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 408
Component Inspection ........................................... 410
DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 361 G
Component Description ......................................... 361 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............. 411
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ......................................... 411
Mode ..................................................................... 361 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor H
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361 Mode ...................................................................... 411
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 361 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 411
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 363 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 411 I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 366 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 413
Removal and Installation ....................................... 369 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 414
Component Inspection ........................................... 417
DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 370 J
Component Description ......................................... 370 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .............................. 418
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ......................................... 418
Mode ..................................................................... 370 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor K
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 370 Mode ...................................................................... 418
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 370 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 418
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 372 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 418
L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 375 Overall Function Check ......................................... 419
Removal and Installation ....................................... 378 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 420
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 421
DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 379 M
Component Description ......................................... 379 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TUR-
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor BINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) ...................... 423
Mode ..................................................................... 379 Description ............................................................. 423 N
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 379 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 379 Mode ...................................................................... 423
Overall Function Check ......................................... 380 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 423
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 381 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 423
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 384
Removal and Installation ....................................... 386 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ......................... 424
Description ............................................................. 424 P
DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 387 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Description ......................................... 387 Mode ...................................................................... 424
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 424
Mode ..................................................................... 387 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 424
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 387 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 425
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 387 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 426
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 389 Component Inspection ........................................... 427

EC-5
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .................. 428 Description ............................................................ 463
Component Description .........................................428 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 463
Mode ......................................................................428 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 463
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................428
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................428 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .. 465
Wiring Diagram ......................................................430 Component Description ........................................ 465
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................431 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 466
Component Inspection ...........................................433 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 467
Removal and Installation .......................................433 Component Inspection .......................................... 468

DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .................. 434 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 470
Component Description .........................................434 Component Description ........................................ 470
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................434 Mode ..................................................................... 470
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................434 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 471
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................434 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 472
Wiring Diagram ......................................................436 Component Inspection .......................................... 475
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................437 Removal and Installation ....................................... 475
Component Inspection ...........................................439 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 476
Removal and Installation .......................................440 Description ............................................................ 476
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................. 441 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Description .........................................441 Mode ..................................................................... 476
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 477
Mode ......................................................................441 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 478
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................441 Component Inspection .......................................... 480
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................441 Removal and Installation ....................................... 480
Wiring Diagram ......................................................442 IGNITION SIGNAL ............................................ 481
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................443 Component Description ........................................ 481
Component Inspection ...........................................445 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 482
Removal and Installation .......................................446 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 487
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .............................. 447 Component Inspection .......................................... 490
Component Description .........................................447 Removal and Installation ....................................... 492
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 493
Mode ......................................................................447
Component Description ........................................ 493
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................447
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 494
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................447
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 495
Wiring Diagram ......................................................449 Removal and Installation ....................................... 497
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................450
Component Inspection ...........................................453 VIAS .................................................................. 498
Removal and Installation .......................................453 Description ............................................................ 498
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 454 Mode ..................................................................... 499
Component Description .........................................454
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 500
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 501
Mode ......................................................................454
Component Inspection .......................................... 504
Wiring Diagram ......................................................455
Removal and Installation ....................................... 504
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................456
Component Inspection ...........................................459 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............... 505
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 505
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 460
Component Description .........................................460 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor (SDS) ................................................................ 507
Mode ......................................................................460 Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 507
Wiring Diagram ......................................................461 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 507
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................461 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 507
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 507
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 463
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 507
EC-6
 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 507 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) ........ 533
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater .................... 507 Description ............................................................. 533 A
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ........................... 508
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 508 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 534
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 508 Introduction ............................................................ 534
EC
Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 508 Two Trip Detection Logic ....................................... 534
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 508 Emission-Related Diagnostic Information .............. 534
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 508 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 537
VQ TYPE 2 C
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 541
SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 509 Basic Inspection .................................................... 541
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check ................... 545 D
INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 509 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ..... 546
DTC No. Index (U1000-U1001) ............................. 509 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 546
DTC No. Index (P0000-P0223) ............................. 509 Idle Air Volume Learning ....................................... 547
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 548 E
DTC No. Index (P0327-P0605) ............................. 509
DTC No. Index (P1031-P1136) ............................. 510
DTC No. Index (P1211-P1286) ............................. 510
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................. 551
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction .............................. 551 F
DTC No. Index (P1564-P1805) ............................. 511
DTC No. Index (P2122-P2138) ............................. 511 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 556
Fail-Safe Chart ...................................................... 557
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 512 Symptom Matrix Chart ........................................... 558
Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 562 G
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Vacuum Hose Drawing .......................................... 569
SIONER" ............................................................... 512 Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 570
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ...... 512 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............ 572 H
Precaution ............................................................. 512 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................... 572
Wiring Diagram and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 515 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 580
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor I
PREPARATION ................................................ 516 Mode ...................................................................... 589
Special Service Tool ............................................. 516 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 517 Mode ...................................................................... 592
J
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 518 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
Schematic ............................................................. 518 VALUE ............................................................. 595
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 518 Description ............................................................. 595 K
Electronic Ignition (EI) System .............................. 521 Testing Condition ................................................... 595
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Inspection Procedure ............................................. 595
Speed) ................................................................... 521 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 595 L
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............. 523 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Input/Output Signal Chart ...................................... 523 INCIDENT ........................................................ 603
System Description ............................................... 523 Description ............................................................. 603 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 603
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
(ASCD) ............................................................. 524 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 604 N
System Description ............................................... 524 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 604
Component Description ......................................... 525 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607
Ground Inspection ................................................. 610
CAN COMMUNICATION .................................. 526 O
System Description ............................................... 526 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE ................................................................. 612
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 527
Description ............................................................. 612 P
Description ............................................................ 527
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 612
Component Inspection .......................................... 529
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 612
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 531 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 613
Description ............................................................ 531 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 613
Component Inspection .......................................... 531
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ................ 614
Description ............................................................. 614

EC-7
 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................... 650
Mode ......................................................................614 Component Description ........................................ 650
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................615 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................615 Mode ..................................................................... 650
Overall Function Check .........................................616 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 650
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................616 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 650
Component Inspection ...........................................617 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 652
Removal and Installation .......................................618 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 653
Component Inspection .......................................... 655
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................. 619 Removal and Installation ....................................... 655
Component Description .........................................619
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .. 656
Mode ......................................................................619 Component Description ........................................ 656
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................619 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................619 Mode ..................................................................... 656
Wiring Diagram ......................................................621 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 656
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................622 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 656
Component Inspection ...........................................624 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 658
Removal and Installation .......................................625 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 661
Component Inspection .......................................... 663
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 626 Removal and Installation ....................................... 664
Component Description .........................................626
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................626 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ............................... 665
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................627 Component Description ........................................ 665
Wiring Diagram ......................................................628 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................628 Mode ..................................................................... 665
Component Inspection ...........................................630 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 665
Removal and Installation .......................................630 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 665
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 666
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .................... 631 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 667
Component Description .........................................631 Component Inspection .......................................... 668
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Removal and Installation ....................................... 669
Mode ......................................................................631
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................631 DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 670
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................631 Component Description ........................................ 670
Wiring Diagram ......................................................633 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 670
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................634 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 670
Component Inspection ...........................................636 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 671
Removal and Installation .......................................637
DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SEN-
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .................... 638 SOR 1 HEATER ................................................ 672
Component Description .........................................638 Description ............................................................ 672
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................638 Mode ..................................................................... 672
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................638 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 672
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................638 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 672
Wiring Diagram ......................................................640 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 673
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................641 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 676
Component Inspection ...........................................643 Component Inspection .......................................... 678
Removal and Installation .......................................644 Removal and Installation ....................................... 678
DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ........... 645 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 679
Component Description .........................................645 Component Description ........................................ 679
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................645 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 679
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................645 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 679
Wiring Diagram ......................................................646 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 680
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................647 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 681
Component Inspection ...........................................648
Removal and Installation .......................................649 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLE-
NOID VALVE .................................................... 683

EC-8
 Component Description ......................................... 683 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 711 A
Mode ..................................................................... 683 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 711
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 683 Overall Function Check ......................................... 711
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 683 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 713 EC
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 684 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 687 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 717
Component Inspection .......................................... 688 Component Inspection ........................................... 717
Removal and Installation ....................................... 689 C
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ................................ 719
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- Component Description ......................................... 719
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 690 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 719 D
Component Description ......................................... 690 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 719
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 690 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 719
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 690 Removal and Installation ....................................... 720
E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 691
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ................................ 721
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- Component Description ......................................... 721
TROL FUNCTION ............................................. 693 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 721 F
Description ............................................................ 693 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 721
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 693 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 721
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 693 Removal and Installation ....................................... 722
G
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 694
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 695
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 723
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 723
Component Inspection .......................................... 698
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 723 H
Removal and Installation ....................................... 698
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 724
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 727
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 699 I
DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1 ................ 730
Component Description ......................................... 699
Component Description ......................................... 730
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 699 J
Mode ...................................................................... 730
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 699
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 730
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 699
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 730
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 701
Overall Function Check ......................................... 731 K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 702
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 732
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .. 704 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 735
Component Description ......................................... 704 Removal and Installation ....................................... 737
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 704
DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1 ................ 738
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 704
Component Description ......................................... 738
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 705
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 706
Mode ...................................................................... 738
Component Inspection .......................................... 707
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 738
Removal and Installation ....................................... 707
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 738 N
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ................... 708 Overall Function Check ......................................... 739
Description ............................................................ 708 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 740
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 708 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 743
Removal and Installation ....................................... 745 O
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 708
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708
DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1 ................ 746
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ..... 709 Component Description ......................................... 746 P
Description ............................................................ 709 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 709 Mode ...................................................................... 746
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 709 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 746
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 709 Overall Function Check ......................................... 746
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 748
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 710 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 751
Description ............................................................ 710 Removal and Installation ....................................... 753

EC-9
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ......... 754 Component Description ........................................ 784
Component Description .........................................754 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 784
Mode ......................................................................754 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 784
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................754 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 784
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................754 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 786
Wiring Diagram ......................................................756 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 787
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................757 Component Inspection .......................................... 789
Component Inspection ...........................................759 Removal and Installation ....................................... 790

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............. 760 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR .................................. 791
Component Description .........................................760 Component Description ........................................ 791
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................760 Mode ..................................................................... 791
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................760 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 791
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................760 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 791
Overall Function Check .........................................761 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 793
Wiring Diagram ......................................................762 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 794
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................763 Component Inspection .......................................... 796
Component Inspection ...........................................766 Removal and Installation ....................................... 797

DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ............................... 767 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................... 798
Component Description .........................................767 Component Description ........................................ 798
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................767 Mode ..................................................................... 798
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................767 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 798
Overall Function Check .........................................767 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 798
Wiring Diagram ......................................................768 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 800
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................769 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 801
Component Inspection .......................................... 804
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TUR- Removal and Installation ....................................... 804
BINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) ....................... 772
Description .............................................................772 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 805
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Component Description ........................................ 805
Mode ......................................................................772 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................772 Mode ..................................................................... 805
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................772 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 806
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 807
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .......................... 773 Component Inspection .......................................... 810
Description .............................................................773
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 811
Mode ......................................................................773 Component Description ........................................ 811
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................773 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................773 Mode ..................................................................... 811
Wiring Diagram ......................................................774 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 812
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................775 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 812
Component Inspection ...........................................776
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 814
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .................. 778 Description ............................................................ 814
Component Description .........................................778 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 814
Mode ......................................................................778 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 814
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................778
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................778
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CON-
Wiring Diagram ......................................................780 TROL SOLENOID VALVE ................................ 816
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................781 Description ............................................................ 816
Component Inspection ...........................................783 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Removal and Installation .......................................783 Mode ..................................................................... 816
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 817
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .................. 784 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 818

EC-10
 Component Inspection .......................................... 820 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 872
Removal and Installation ....................................... 821 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 873 A
Removal and Installation ....................................... 875
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .. 822
Component Description ......................................... 822 VIAS ................................................................ 876
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 823 Description ............................................................. 876 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 824 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Component Inspection .......................................... 825 Mode ...................................................................... 877
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 878 C
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 827 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 879
Component Description ......................................... 827 Component Inspection ........................................... 882
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Removal and Installation ....................................... 882 D
Mode ..................................................................... 827
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 828 VSS .................................................................. 883
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 829 Description ............................................................. 883
Component Inspection .......................................... 832 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 883 E
Removal and Installation ....................................... 832
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............. 884
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 833 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 884 F
Description ............................................................ 833
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Mode ..................................................................... 833 (SDS) ............................................................... 886
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 834 Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 886 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 835 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 886
Component Inspection .......................................... 837 Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 886
Removal and Installation ....................................... 837 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 886 H
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 886
HO2S2 .............................................................. 838 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ..................... 886
Component Description ......................................... 838 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ........................... 886
I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 886
Mode ..................................................................... 838 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 886
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 839 Throttle Control Motor ............................................ 887
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 842 Fuel Injector ........................................................... 887 J
Component Inspection .......................................... 844 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 887
Removal and Installation ....................................... 845 YD
K
HO2S2 HEATER .............................................. 846 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 888
Description ............................................................ 846
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 888
Mode ..................................................................... 846 L
DTC No. Index (U1000) ......................................... 888
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 847 DTC No. Index (P0016 - P0123) ........................... 888
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 850 DTC No. Index (P0182 - P0238) ........................... 888
Component Inspection .......................................... 852 DTC No. Index (P0335 - P0629) ........................... 889 M
Removal and Installation ....................................... 853 DTC No. Index (P0642 - P1275) ........................... 889
DTC No. Index (P1610 - P1616) ........................... 890
IAT SENSOR .................................................... 854 DTC No. Index (P1622 - P2229) ........................... 890
Component Description ......................................... 854 N
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 855 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 891
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 855 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection .......................................... 857 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- O
Removal and Installation ....................................... 858 SIONER" ............................................................... 891
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 891
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 859 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ...... 891 P
Component Description ......................................... 859 Precaution ............................................................. 892
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 860
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 865 PREPARATION ............................................... 895
Component Inspection .......................................... 868 Special Service Tool .............................................. 895
Removal and Installation ....................................... 870 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 895
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 871 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 896
Component Description ......................................... 871 Schematic .............................................................. 896
EC-11
 Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................897 DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................. 955
System Chart .........................................................899 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 955
Fuel Injection Control System ................................899 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 955
Fuel Injection Timing Control System ....................901 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 955
Air Conditioning Cut Control ..................................901 Removal and Installation ....................................... 956
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine
Speed) ...................................................................901 DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP .................................. 957
Crankcase Ventilation System ...............................901 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 957
CAN Communication .............................................902 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 957
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 957
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 903 Removal and Installation ....................................... 958
Fuel Filter ...............................................................903
Procedure After Replacing ECM ...........................903 DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................. 959
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ......................903 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 959
Injector Adjustment Value Registration .................904 Overall Function Check ......................................... 959
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 960
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 906 Component Inspection .......................................... 960
DTC Detection Logic .............................................906 Removal and Installation ....................................... 961
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................906
Freeze Frame Data ...............................................906 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 962
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ..........................906 Component Description ........................................ 962
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ..........................907 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III Mode ..................................................................... 962
and Driving Patterns ..............................................909 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 962
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 963
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 911 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 963
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................911 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 964
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................914 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 964
Basic Inspection ....................................................915 Component Inspection .......................................... 966
Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................918 Removal and Installation ....................................... 967
Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........923
Circuit Diagram ......................................................927 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 968
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............929 Component Description ........................................ 968
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................929 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 968
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) .........................935 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 968
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 969
Mode ......................................................................940 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 969
Component Inspection .......................................... 971
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT Removal and Installation ....................................... 971
INCIDENT ........................................................ 943
Description .............................................................943 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 972
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................943 Description ............................................................ 972
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 972
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 944 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 972
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................944 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 973
Wiring Diagram ......................................................945 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 973
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................945 Component Inspection .......................................... 975
Ground Inspection .................................................949 Removal and Installation ....................................... 975

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 951 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 976
Description .............................................................951 Description ............................................................ 976
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................951 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................951 Mode ..................................................................... 976
Wiring Diagram ......................................................952 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 976
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................952 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 977
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 977
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ....... 953 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 978
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................953 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 978
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................953 Component Inspection .......................................... 980
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................953 Removal and Installation ....................................... 980

EC-12
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA- Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1006
TURE SENSOR ................................................ 981 Component Inspection .........................................1008 A
Description ............................................................ 981 Removal and Installation .....................................1008
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ..................................................................... 981
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM ...............................1009
Description ...........................................................1009 EC
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 981
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 981
Mode ....................................................................1009
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 981
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1009 C
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 982
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1010
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 982
Overall Function Check .......................................1010
Removal and Installation ....................................... 984
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1012 D
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR .................. 985 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1012
Description ............................................................ 985 Component Inspection .........................................1014
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Removal and Installation .....................................1015
E
Mode ..................................................................... 985
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 985
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR .....1016
Component Description .......................................1016
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 985
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 985
Mode ....................................................................1016
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 986
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1016
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 986
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1017
Component Inspection .......................................... 988 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1017
Removal and Installation ....................................... 988
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1018
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 989 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1018
Component Inspection .........................................1020 H
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 989
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 989 Removal and Installation .....................................1020
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 989
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ............................1021 I
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 990 Description ...........................................................1021
Component Description ......................................... 990 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1021
J
Mode ..................................................................... 990 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1021
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 990 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1022
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 991 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1022
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 991 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1023 K
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 992 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1023
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 992 Component Inspection .........................................1025
Component Inspection .......................................... 994 Removal and Installation .....................................1025 L
Removal and Installation ....................................... 994
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ............................1026
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 995 Description ...........................................................1026
Description ............................................................ 995 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor M
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1026
Mode ..................................................................... 996 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1026
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 996 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1027 N
Overall Function Check ......................................... 996 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1027
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 998 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1028
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 999 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1028 O
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1002 Component Inspection .........................................1030
Component Inspection ........................................1002 Removal and Installation .....................................1031

DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ................1004 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ............................1032 P
Description ..........................................................1004 Description ...........................................................1032
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1032
Mode ...................................................................1004 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1032
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................1004 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1033
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1005 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1034
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1005 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1034
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1006 Component Inspection .........................................1036

EC-13
 Removal and Installation .....................................1037 DTC P0605 ECM ............................................1070
Description ...........................................................1070
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR ............................1038 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1070
Description ...........................................................1038 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1070
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1038 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1070
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1038
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1039 DTC P0606 ECM ............................................1072
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1040 Description ...........................................................1072
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1040 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1072
Component Inspection .........................................1042 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1072
Removal and Installation .....................................1043 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1072
DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ...................1074
SOR .................................................................1044 Description ...........................................................1074
Component Description .......................................1044 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1044 Mode ....................................................................1074
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1044 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1074
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1044 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1075
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1075
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- Wiring Diagram ....................................................1076
SOR .................................................................1046 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1076
Component Description .......................................1046 Component Inspection .........................................1077
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1046 Removal and Installation ......................................1078
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1046
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1047 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY .................................................................1079
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1079
SOR .................................................................1048 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1079
Component Description .......................................1048 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1079
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1048 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1080
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1048 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1080
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1048
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP-
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............1050 PLY .................................................................1082
Component Description .......................................1050 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1082
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1082
Mode ....................................................................1050 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1083
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1050 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1084
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1050 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1084
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1051
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1053 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ...............................1087
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1053 ECM Terminal and Reference valve ....................1087
Component Inspection .........................................1060 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1087
DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1087
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .................1062 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1088
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1062 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1088
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1062
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1062 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT .................1091
Description ...........................................................1091
DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1091
SWITCH ..........................................................1064 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1091
Component Description .......................................1064 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1091
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1064 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ....1092
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1064 Description ...........................................................1092
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1064 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1092
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1065 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1092
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1066 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1092
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1066
Component Inspection .........................................1068 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ..........1093

EC-14
 Component Description .......................................1093 Description ...........................................................1119
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1119 A
Mode ...................................................................1093 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1119
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................1093 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1119
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1094 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1094 DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1096 UE ...................................................................1121
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1096 Description ...........................................................1121
Component Inspection ........................................1098 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1121 C
Removal and Installation .....................................1098 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1121
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1121
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP ...............................1099 D
Description ..........................................................1099 DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor UE ...................................................................1122
Mode ...................................................................1099 Description ...........................................................1122
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1122 E
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................1099
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1100 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1122
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1100 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1122
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1101 F
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1101 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ............................1124
Component Inspection ........................................1103 Description ...........................................................1124
Removal and Installation .....................................1103 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
G
Mode ....................................................................1124
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP ...............................1104 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1124
Description ..........................................................1104 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1125
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1125 H
Mode ...................................................................1104 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1126
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................1104 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1126
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1105 Component Inspection .........................................1128 I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1105 Removal and Installation .....................................1128
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1106
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1106 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
SUPPLY .........................................................1129 J
Component Inspection ........................................1108
Removal and Installation .....................................1108 Component Description .......................................1129
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP ...............................1109 Mode ....................................................................1129 K
Description ..........................................................1109 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1129
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1130
Mode ...................................................................1109 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1130 L
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................1109 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1131
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1110 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1132
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1110
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR- M
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1111
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1111 CUIT ...............................................................1133
Component Inspection ........................................1112 Component Description .......................................1133
Removal and Installation .....................................1113 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor N
Mode ....................................................................1133
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ...............................1114 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1133
Description ..........................................................1114 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1134 O
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1134
Mode ...................................................................1114 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1135
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ..................1114 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1135
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1115 Component Inspection .........................................1137 P
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1115 Removal and Installation .....................................1137
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1116
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1116 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR .............1138
Component Inspection ........................................1117 Description ...........................................................1138
Removal and Installation .....................................1118 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1138
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1138
DTC P1616 ECM ............................................1119 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1138

EC-15
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ...........................1140 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Description ...........................................................1140 Mode ....................................................................1168
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1141 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1168
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1141 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1169
Component Inspection .........................................1145 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1169
Removal and Installation .....................................1146 Component Inspection .........................................1176

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ..............1147 PNP SWITCH ..................................................1178

Description ...........................................................1147 Description ...........................................................1178
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1147 Mode ....................................................................1178
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1148 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1178
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1149 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1179
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1149 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1179
Component Inspection .........................................1151
Removal and Installation .....................................1153 START SIGNAL ..............................................1184
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1184
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..1154 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1184
Description ...........................................................1154
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor ASCD INDICATOR .........................................1186
Mode ....................................................................1154 Component Description .......................................1186
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1154 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1187
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1156 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1187
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1156 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............1189
Component Inspection .........................................1158 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1189
Removal and Installation .....................................1158
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
(ASCD) ............................................................1190
SOLENOID VALVE .........................................1159 System Description ..............................................1190
Description ...........................................................1159
Component Description .......................................1191
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1159
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1160 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1160 (SDS) ..............................................................1192
Component Inspection .........................................1163 General Specification ...........................................1192
Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1192
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1164
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1192
Component Description .......................................1164
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................1192
ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1164
Fuel Injector .........................................................1192
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1165
Glow Plug .............................................................1192
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1165
EGR Volume Control Valve .................................1192
Removal and Installation .....................................1167
Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................1192
BRAKE SWITCH ............................................1168 Camshaft Position Sensor ...................................1193
Description ...........................................................1168 Fuel Pump ............................................................1193

EC-16
 APPLICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [APPLICATION NOTICE]

SERVICE INFORMATION A
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000001639159
EC
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-44) to confirm the service information in EC section.
C
Service information Remarks
VQ TYPE 1 Models for Australia
VQ TYPE 2 Models for General Export D

EC-17
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index (U1000 - U1001) INFOID:0000000001639160

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-141

U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-141

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

DTC No. Index (P0011 - P0123) INFOID:0000000001831097

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-143
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 EC-143
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-147
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-147
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-147
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-147
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-155
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-155
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-162
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-162
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-166
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-166
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-171
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-171
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

EC-18
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC No. Index (P0138 - P0223) INFOID:0000000001831098

A
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141. EC

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
ECM* 3 (CONSULT-III screen terms) C
GST*2
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-177
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-186 D
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) EC-177
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) EC-186
E
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-196
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-206
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 EC-196 F
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 EC-206
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-216
G
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-216
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. H
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P0300 - P0306) INFOID:0000000001831099

I
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141. J

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
ECM* 3 (CONSULT-III screen terms) K
2
GST*
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-222
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-222 L
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-222
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-222
M
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-222
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE EC-222
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE EC-222 N
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. O

DTC No. Index (P0327 - P0605) INFOID:0000000001831100

NOTE: P
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

EC-19
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-229
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-229
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-229
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-229
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-234
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-240
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-240
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-249
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EC-249
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-253
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-253
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-259
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-261
P0605 0605 ECM EC-266
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1031 - P1136) INFOID:0000000001831101

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1031 1031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-268
P1032 1032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-268
P1051 1051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-268
P1052 1052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-268
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-275
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-279
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-286
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-288
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-294
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR EC-294
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-299
P1136 1136 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 EC-279
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1146 - P1229) INFOID:0000000001831102

NOTE:

EC-20
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141. A

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page EC
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-303
C
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-313
P1166 1166 HO2S2 (B2) EC-303
P1167 1167 HO2S2 (B2) EC-313 D
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-323
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-324
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-325 E
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-334
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-336
F
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-338
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. G
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1271 - P1289) INFOID:0000000001831103

H
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141. I

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page J
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P1271 1271 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-345
P1272 1272 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-353
K

P1273 1273 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-361

P1274 1274 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-370 L
P1276 1276 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-379
P1278 1278 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-387
P1279 1279 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-396 M
P1281 1281 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-345
P1282 1282 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-353
N
P1283 1283 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-361
P1284 1284 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-370
P1286 1286 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-379 O
P1288 1288 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-387
P1289 1289 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-396
P
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1564 - P1805) INFOID:0000000001831104

NOTE:

EC-21
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-405
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-411
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-47
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-418
P1715 1715 IN PLUY SPEED EC-423
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-424
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P2122 - P2138) INFOID:0000000001831105

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-428
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-428
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-434
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-434
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-441
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-447
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

EC-22
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
PRECAUTIONS
A
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000001639162

EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of C
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000001639163

G
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair H
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will I
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-69. J
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube K
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
L
Precaution INFOID:0000000001639164

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. M

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega- N
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF. O
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
P

EC-23
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB1164E
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely
with levers as far as they will go as shown at right.

PBIB1512E

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-99, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D

EC-24
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. A
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
EC

SAT652J

D
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the F
ground.

SEF348N
K

• B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown in

the figure. L

SEC893C

EC-25
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
- Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
- Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

MBIB1285E

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

Wiring Diagram and Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000001639165

When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

• GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagram"
• PG-4 for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
• GI-10, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis"
• GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EC-26
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000001639166

EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
C
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564
E
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor
Heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
wrench
F

G
S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor

Heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in) H
wrench

S-NT636

KV109E0010 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester J

Break-out box

S-NT825
L
KV109E0080 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester
Y-cable adapter
M

N
S-NT826

KV101118400 Measuring fuel pressure

Fuel tube adapter O

PBIB3043E

EC-27
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000001639167

Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Remove fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure

S-NT653

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-

ture sensor

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before

cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000001831096

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-141

U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-141

EC-28
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED. EC
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-143
C
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 EC-143
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-147
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-147 D
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-147
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-147
E
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-155
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-155
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-162 F
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-162
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-166
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-166 G
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-171
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-171 H
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-177
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-186
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) EC-177 I
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) EC-186
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-196
J
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-206
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 EC-196
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 EC-206 K
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-216
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-216
L
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-222
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-222
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-222 M
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-222
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-222
N
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE EC-222
P0306 0306 CYL 6 MISFIRE EC-222
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-229 O
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-229
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-229
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-229 P
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-234
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-240
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-240
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-249
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EC-249

EC-29
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-253
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-253
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-259
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-261
P0605 0605 ECM EC-266
P1031 1031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-268
P1032 1032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-268
P1051 1051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-268
P1052 1052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-268
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-275
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-279
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-286
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-288
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-294
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR EC-294
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-299
P1136 1136 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 EC-279
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-303
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-313
P1166 1166 HO2S2 (B2) EC-303
P1167 1167 HO2S2 (B2) EC-313
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-323
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-324
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-325
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-334
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-336
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-338
P1271 1271 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-345
P1272 1272 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-353
P1273 1273 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-361
P1274 1274 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-370
P1276 1276 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-379
P1278 1278 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-387
P1279 1279 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-396
P1281 1281 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-345
P1282 1282 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-353
P1283 1283 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-361
P1284 1284 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-370
P1286 1286 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-379
P1288 1288 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-387
P1289 1289 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-396
P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-405

EC-30
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-III Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*3
GST*2
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-411 EC
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-47
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-418
P1715 1715 IN PLUY SPEED EC-423 C
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-424
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-428
D
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-428
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-434
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-434 E
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-441
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-447
F
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
G
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

EC-31
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic INFOID:0000000001639168

MBIB1265E

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000001639169

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-32
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas C
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position & mixture ratio Fuel injector D
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage*3 E
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

F
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. G
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined I
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION J
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
K
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration L
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation M
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation N
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
O

PBIB3020E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air

EC-33
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-345. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D
• When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF179U

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.

EC-34
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- A
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System INFOID:0000000001639170
EC
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position E
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
F
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
G

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1-2-3-4-5-6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the I
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in J
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up K
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
L
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. M
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000001639171

N
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

O
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature P
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EC-35
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-32, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System".

EC-36
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
Input/Output Signal Chart INFOID:0000000001639172

EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner D

Air conditioner relay
cut control
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure E
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
F
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

System Description INFOID:0000000001639173 G

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF. H
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. I
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. J

EC-37
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description INFOID:0000000001639174

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Electric throttle control
ASCD vehicle speed control
Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position actuator

Combination meter Vehicle speed*

TCM Powertrain revolution*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 175 km/h (109 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 175 km/h (109
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• VDC/TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
EC-38
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition A
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions
EC
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 175 km/h (109 MPH)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639175

C
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-405.
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH D
Refer to EC-411 and EC-454.
STOP LAMP SWITCH E
Refer to EC-411, EC-424 and EC-454.
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-286, EC-288, EC-294 and EC-299. F
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-460.
G

EC-39
 CAN COMMUNICATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description INFOID:0000000001639176

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-48, "CAN Communication Signal Chart for Gasoline Engine Models", about CAN communication
for detail.

EC-40
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639177

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

G
PBIB1631E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel H
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
I
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. J
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
K

EC-41
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

PBIB2774E

EC-42
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

BBIA0635E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639178 P

EVAP CANISTER

EC-43
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C.
3. Release blocked port B.
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C.
5. Block port A and B.
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.

PBIB2568E

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF445Y

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 -

0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.060 to −0.033 bar, −
0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection".
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-468, "Component Inspection".

EC-44
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639179

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

G
SEC921C

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. H

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
I
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meetthe requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hoseconnection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.

M
PBIB1588E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639180

N
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through O
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
P

PBIB1589E

EC-45
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any
hosecannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

S-ET277

EC-46
 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639181

• If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or “NATS MALFUNC- EC
TION” is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT-III using NATS program card. Refer to BL-202.
• Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. C
• When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must
be carried out with CONSULT-III using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NATS initial- D
ization and all NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual, NATS.

EC-47
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction INFOID:0000000001639182

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:

Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × × × —
GST × × × — × ×
ECM × ×* — — — —

*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-83.)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000001639183

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-49.)
Except above — — — × — × × —
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.

EC-48
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction. A

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000001639184

EC

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

×: Applicable —: Not applicable C
DTC*1
Test value/
Items CONSULT- Reference
SRT code Test limit Trip MIL D
(CONSULT-III screen terms) III page
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 — — 1 × EC-141 E
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 4 — — 2 — EC-141
1001*
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — — — — F
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — — 2 × EC-143
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 — — 2 × EC-143 G
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 × × 2 × EC-147
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 × × 2 × EC-147
H
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 × × 2 × EC-147
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 × × 2 × EC-147
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 — — 1 × EC-155 I
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 — — 1 × EC-155
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 — — 2 × EC-162
J
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 — — 2 × EC-162
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — — 1 × EC-166
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — — 1 × EC-166 K
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 — — 1 × EC-171
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 — — 1 × EC-171
L
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 — × 2 × EC-177
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × × 2 × EC-186
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 — × 2 × EC-177 M
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 × × 2 × EC-186
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — — 2 × EC-196
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — — 2 × EC-206 N
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 — — 2 × EC-196
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 — — 2 × EC-206
O
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 — — 1 × EC-216
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 — — 1 × EC-216
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — — 2 × EC-222 P
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — — 2 × EC-222
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — — 2 × EC-222
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — — 2 × EC-222
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — — 2 × EC-222
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 — — 2 × EC-222

EC-49
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DTC*1
Test value/
Items CONSULT- Reference
SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) III 3 page
ECM* (GST only)
GST*2
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 — — 2 × EC-222
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — — 2 — EC-229
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — — 2 — EC-229
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 — — 2 — EC-229
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 — — 2 — EC-229
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — — 2 × EC-234
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — — 2 × EC-240
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 — — 2 × EC-240
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × × 2 × EC-249
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 × × 2 × EC-249
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — — 2 × EC-253
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — — 2 × EC-253
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 — — 2 × EC-259
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 — — 2 — EC-261
ECM P0605 0605 — — 1 or 2 × or — EC-266
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1031 1031 × × 2 × EC-268
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1032 1032 × × 2 × EC-268
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P1051 1051 × × 2 × EC-268
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P1052 1052 × × 2 × EC-268
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 — — 2 × EC-275
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 — — 2 × EC-279
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 — — 1 × EC-286
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 — — 1 × EC-288
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 — — 1 × EC-294
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 — — 1 × EC-294
ETC MOT P1128 1128 — — 1 × EC-299
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P1136 1136 — — 2 × EC-279
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 × × 2 × EC-303
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 × × 2 × EC-313
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 1166 × × 2 × EC-303
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 1167 × × 2 × EC-313
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 — — 2 — EC-323
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — — 2 — EC-324
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — — 1 × EC-325
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 — — 2 — EC-334
CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 — — 2 — EC-336
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 — — 1 × EC-338
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1271 1271 — × 2 × EC-345
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1272 1272 — × 2 × EC-353
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1273 1273 — × 2 × EC-361
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1274 1274 — × 2 × EC-370
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1276 1276 — × 2 × EC-379

EC-50
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DTC*1
Test value/ A
Items CONSULT- Reference
SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
(CONSULT-III screen terms) III page
ECM*3 (GST only)
GST*2
EC
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1278 1278 × × 2 × EC-387
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1279 1279 × × 2 × EC-396
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1281 1281 — × 2 × EC-345 C
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1282 1282 — × 2 × EC-353
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1283 1283 — × 2 × EC-361
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1284 1284 — × 2 × EC-370
D

A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1286 1286 — × 2 × EC-379

A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1288 1288 × × 2 × EC-387 E
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1289 1289 × × 2 × EC-396
ASCD SW P1564 1564 — — 1 — EC-405
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — — 1 — EC-411 F
P1610 -
NATS MALFUNCTION 1610 - 1615 — — 2 — EC-47
P1615
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 — — 2 × EC-418 G
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — — 2 — EC-423
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — — 2 — EC-424 H
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — — 1 × EC-428
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — — 1 × EC-428
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — — 1 × EC-434 I
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — — 1 × EC-434
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 — — 1 × EC-441
J
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — — 1 × EC-447
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-5. K
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC need CONSULT-III.

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC L

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed. M
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
N
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the O
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”. P
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS”. These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo-
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the
MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-77, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then per-
EC-51
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
form DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the mal-
function is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 1148, 1706, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-107, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.

EC-52
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- A
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
EC
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's C
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem- D
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. E
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and F
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. G

SRT item Perfor-

(CONSULT-III indica- mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
tion) ority*1 H
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1278, P1288
I
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P1279, P1289
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146, P1166 J
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147, P1167
P1031, P1032, P1051,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater K
P1052
HO2S HTR 1
P0037, P0038, P0057,
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058
L
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-III.

SRT Set Timing

M
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
N
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → O
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”

EC-53
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

EC-54
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

L
SEF573XB

*1 “How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC” *2 “How to Display SRT Code” *3 “How to Set SRT Code” M

How to Display SRT Code

WITH CONSULT-III
N
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose
SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for SRT code is shown at right. O
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set. “CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is
complete and SRT is set.
WITH GST P
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)

How to Set SRT Code

To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III

EC-55
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on “SRT Item”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
Driving Pattern

PBIB2661E

EC-56
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
EC
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
• Sea level
• Flat road C
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno- D
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V). E
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 73 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2: F
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/ G
h(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position H
Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III)
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5. I
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. J
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.

K
Test value (GST
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC display) Test limit
TID CID L
P0420 01H 01H Max.
Three way catalyst function (Bank 1)
P0420 02H 81H Min.
CATALYST M
P0430 03H 02H Max.
Three way catalyst function (Bank 2)
P0430 04H 82H Min.
N

EC-57
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Test value (GST
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC display) Test limit
TID CID
P1271 41H 8EH Min.
P1272 42H 0EH Max.
P1273 43H 0EH Max.
P1274 44H 8EH Min.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1)
P1278 45H 8EH Min.
P1276 46H 0EH Max.
P1276 47H 8EH Min.
P1279 48H 8EH Min.
P1281 4CH 8FH Min.
P1282 4DH 0FH Max.
P1283 4EH 0FH Max.
P1284 4FH 8FH Min.
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2)
P1288 50H 8FH Min.
P1286 51H 0FH Max.
P1286 52H 8FH Min.
P1289 53H 8FH Min.
P0139 19H 86H Min.
P1147 1AH 86H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1)
P1146 1BH 06H Max.
P0138 1CH 06H Max.
P0159 21H 87H Min.
P1167 22H 87H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2)
P1166 23H 07H Max.
P0158 24H 07H Max.
P1032 57H 10H Max.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (Bank 1)
P1031 58H 90H Min.
P1052 59H 11H Max.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater (Bank 2)
P1051 5AH 91H Min.
HO2S HEATER
P0038 2DH 0AH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1)
P0037 2EH 8AH Min.
P0058 2FH 0BH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2)
P0057 30H 8BH Min.

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-III
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
EC-58
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. A
2. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. EC
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-59, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 C
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes D
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes E
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. F
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000001639185

DESCRIPTION G
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. H
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-32, or see EC-505.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has I
detected an engine system malfunction.

J
SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION K

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

EC-59
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function

Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS

Engine stopped

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-60
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
A

EC

PBIB0092E

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) D

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II
(Self-diagnostic Results)”.
E
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
F
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-32
or see EC-505.
G
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

MIL Condition H
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
I
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. J
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- K
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
L

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.

EC-61
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-18)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to “How
to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000001639186

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-48, "Two Trip Detection Logic".
• The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the
recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the
counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART

Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

EC-62
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

L
SEF392S

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-

TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
EC-63
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to
70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F)
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

EC-64
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

L
SEF393SD

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. O
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip P
freeze frame data will be cleared.

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETE-
RIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”

EC-65
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
<Driving Pattern A>

AEC574

• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).

EC-66
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000001639187

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P

EC-67
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

PBIA8513J

Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

OK or NG

EC-68
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8. A
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-240.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-234.
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION D

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.) E
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".

F
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle. G
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".
H
15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 11.

J
BBIA0531E

11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING K

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
L
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". M

>> GO TO 13.
N
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? O
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. P
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

EC-69
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

625± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Refer to EC-70, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.

BBIA0531E

16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-240.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-234.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".

>> GO TO 4.
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check INFOID:0000000001639188

IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST

EC-70
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Check idle speed with GST.
A
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A EC
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

E
BBIA0530E

2. Check ignition timing. F

BBIA0531E I
Method B
1. Remove No. 4 ignition coil.
J

BBIA0586E
M
2. Connect No. 4 ignition coil and No. 4 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire. N

P
BBIA0533E

EC-71
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

SEF166Y

3. Check ignition timing.

BBIA0531E

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning INFOID:0000000001639189

DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000001639190

DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000001639191

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
PREPARATION

EC-72
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. A
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• PNP switch: ON
EC
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped C
• Transmission: Warmed-up
With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V. D
Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
E
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". F
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. G
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to H
the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications. I

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) J
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)

Without CONSULT-III K
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has L
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". M
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, then turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
O
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops P
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-73
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
11. Wait 20 seconds.

SEC897C

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-124.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000001639192

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

BBIA0534E

EC-74
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION: A
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes. EC
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in C
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres- D
sure cannot be completely released because R51 models do not have fuel return system.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube E
adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A.
• : To quick connector
• : To fuel tube (engine side) F
• C: Clamp
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NIS-
SAN fuel hose without quick connector).
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moder- G
ately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with dam-
age or cracks on it. PBIB2982E H
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-32.
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
I
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
• No.2 spool (5)
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist- J
ened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4). K
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710
L
or 16439 40U00).
PBIB2983E
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). M

Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts. N
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
• A: Fuel pressure gauge
• B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check O
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off. P
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. MBIB1384E
Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

EC-75
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.

EC-76
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000001639193

INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D

E
MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.

SEF233G
I

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should J
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on “Work Flow”.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on “Worksheet Sample” should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

EC-77
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Overall Sequence

PBIB3637E

Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”.

>> GO TO 2.

EC-78
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-84.) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. G

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis I
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA L
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)”.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-82, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE: M
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
N
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure.
O
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-132.
P
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-67, "Basic Inspection".

With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.

EC-79
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

7.PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP
value using CONSULT-III “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode. Refer to EC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-124.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-118, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode", EC-99, "ECM
Terminal and Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".

>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM.
(Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
2. If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to
EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
3. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET

EC-80
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of A
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
EC
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting. C
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. D
SEF907L

EC-81
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Worksheet Sample

LEC031A

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000001639194

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-141.

EC-82
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
EC
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
• P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0605 ECM
• P1229 Sensor power supply D
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
E
2 • P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0138 P0139 P0158 P0159 P1146 P1147 P1166 P1167 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor F
• P1031 P1032 P1051 P1052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P1065 ECM power supply
• P1111 P1136 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P1122 Electric throttle control function G
• P1124 P1126 P1128 Electric throttle control actuator
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1271 P1272 P1273 P1274 P1276 P1278 P1279 P1281 P1282 P1283 P1284 P1286 P1288 P1289 Air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 H
• P1805 Brake switch
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
• P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function I
• P0300 - P0306 Misfire
• P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
• P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
• P1211 TCS control unit J
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1715 Turbine revolution sensor K

Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000001639195

L
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

M
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START. N
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display) O
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
More than approx. 4 minutes after P
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.

EC-83
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000001639196

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

EC-84
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

SYMPTOM A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EC

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

C
Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-476
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-74
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-470 G
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-41
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-45 H
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-67
EC-286, I
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-288
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-67
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-481 J
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-133
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-155
1 K
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-166
EC-345
EC-353
EC-361 L
3
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor EC-370
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-379
EC-387
EC-396
M

EC-171,
EC-216,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-334, N
EC-336,
2 2 EC-441
EC-338, O
EC-428,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-434,
EC-447
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-229
P

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-234

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-240
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-259
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-261

EC-85
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EC-266,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-275
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-279
cuit
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-418
VIAS control solenoid valve circuit 1 EC-498
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-493
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-463
ATC-35,
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
MTC-31
BRC-10,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-50
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

EC-86
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

SYMPTOM A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
EC

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

C
Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank FL-5
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-3
Vapor lock — G
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
— H
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-13
Air cleaner EM-13 I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-13
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator EM-14
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-14,
Collector/Gasket EM-17
K
Cranking Battery SC-3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-12
Starter circuit 3 SC-27 L
1
Signal plate 6 EM-100
MT-12, AT-
PNP switch 4 M
99
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-84
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
N
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring O
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-100
Connecting rod
Bearing
P
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-49
mecha-
Camshaft EM-68
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-49
Intake valve
3 EM-84
Exhaust valve

EC-87
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-19, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-24, LU-
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 11, LU-8,
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-9
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-13
Thermostat 5 CO-29
Water pump CO-24
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-31
Cooling fan 5 CO-22
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat-
5 CO-9
ed coolant
EC-47 or
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft system) 1 1
BL-202
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-88
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001639197

EC

MBIB1270E

L
1. ECM 2. Refrigerant pressure sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. Power steering pressure sensor 5. Power valve actuator 6. Cooling fan motor
7. VIAS control solenoid valve 8. EVAP canister purge volume control 9. Intake valve timing control solenoid M
solenoid valve valve (bank 2)
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake air temperature sensor) and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
N
13. Fuel injector (bank 2) 14. Knock sensors 15. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1)
16. Engine coolant temperature sensor 17. Fuel injector (bank 1) 18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
and spark plug (bank 1) O
19. Intake valve timing control solenoid 20. IPDM E/R
valve (bank 1)
P

EC-89
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBIB1271E

: Vehicle front
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 5. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 6. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2)
harness connector harness connector harness connector

EC-90
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

L
MBIB1272E

: Vehicle front M
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP canister 3. EVAP control system pressure sen-
solenoid valve sor
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. Throttle valve N
7. Electric throttle control actuator 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid 9. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)
O

EC-91
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

PBIB2530E

MBIB1273E

: Vehicle front
1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 6. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector

EC-92
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

L
MBIB1274E

: Vehicle front M
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. IPDM E/R 3. Fuel pump fuse (15A)
harness connector
4. ECM harness connectors 5. Fuel injector (bank 1) 6. Fuel injector (bank 2) N
harness connector harness connector
7. Knock sensor (bank 2) 8. Knock sensor (bank 1)
O

EC-93
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBIB1275E

: Vehicle front
1. ASCD brake switch 2. Stop lamp switch 3. Condenser-1
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor harness
(bank 1) (bank 2) connector
7. Power valve actuator 8. VIAS control solenoid valve

EC-94
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

L
MBIB1276E

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) M
(bank 2) (bank 1)
4. ASCD steering switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. SET/COAST switch
7. MAIN switch 8. CANCEL switch 9. Cooling fan control motor harness N
connector
10. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 11. Fuel pressure regulator

EC-95
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000001639198

PBIB2529E

Refer to EC-32, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-96
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000001639199

EC

MBWA1272E
P

EC-97
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBWA1338E

EC-98
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001639200

EC

MBIB0045E

D
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001639201

E
PREPARATION
1. ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind reser-
voir tank.
F
2. Remove ECM harness connector.

BBIA0537E

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with I

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector. J
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
K

L
PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. M
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. N

EC-99
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE

3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B
(Open) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control
10 W
solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

PBIB1790E

EC-100
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] EC
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V C
Intake valve timing control
11 V
solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
D
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

PBIB1790E
E
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V F
• Steering wheel: Not being turned

Approximately 10V
[Engine is running] G
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm H
at idle
PBIB1041E
Crankshaft position sensor
13 G
(POS) I
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running] J
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

K
PBIB1042E

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm M
at idle

Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E

14 Y
(PHASE) (bank 2) N
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running] O
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB1040E P
Knock sensor [Engine is running]
15 W Approximately 2.5V
(bank 1) • Idle speed

EC-101
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

21 W Fuel injector No. 5 SEC984C

22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

SEC985C

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Idle speed (11 - 14V)
29 GR VIAS control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Between 2,200 and 3,300 0 - 1.0V
rpm
EVAP control system pres-
32 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor

EC-102
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E D

33 L
(PHASE) (bank 1)
1.0 - 4.0V

E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

F
PBIB1040E

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
34 BR
Intake air temperature sen-
[Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
G
sor
air temperature.
Knock sensor [Engine is running]
36 W Approximately 2.5V H
(bank 2) • Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] I
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm J
at idle

40 V Fuel injector No. 6 SEC984C

41 R Fuel injector No. 4 K
42 O Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
M
SEC985C

EC-103
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting

SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume
45 P
control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

SEC991C

Sensor power supply (Throt-

47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
Sensor power supply
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
51 P Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running] 0.9 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being in-
rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm)
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quick-
ly after the following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- After keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle
for 1 minute under no load
57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

EC-104
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.2V EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
60 V Ignition signal No. 5 SEC986C D
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1 0.1 - 0.4V

E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F
SEC987C

[Engine is running]
66 B
Sensor ground
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
G
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V H
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
68 V (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V I
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V J
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped K
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
M
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
73 Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running] N
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quick-
ly after the following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- After keeping the engine speed between
O
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle
for 1 minute under no load
[Engine is running] P
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-105
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
79 P Ignition signal No. 6 SEC986C
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
81 G Ignition signal No. 2 0.1 - 0.4V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

SEC987C

[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V - Battery volt-
85 SB Data link connector
• CONSULT-III or GST: Disconnected age (11 - 14V)
Approximately 1.1 - 2.3V
86 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
94 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 4.0V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed

EC-106
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] EC
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
C
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Shift lever: P or N
102 G PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE D
• Except above position (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
E
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
F
Accelerator pedal position
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed G
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch H
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
I
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] J
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] L
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
113 V Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE M
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 B • Idle speed N
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE O
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 V [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V) P
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000001639202

FUNCTION

EC-107
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Diagnostic test mode Function

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support mon-
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
itor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

EC-108
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC EC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × × D
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × × × ×
E
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Wheel sensor × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × × F
Throttle position sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × × ×
Knock sensor × G
INPUT

Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×

Closed throttle position switch (ac-
H
celerator pedal position sensor sig- × ×
nal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
I
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Power steering pressure sensor × × × J
Battery voltage × ×
Load signal × ×
ASCD steering switch × × ×
K

ASCD brake switch × × ×

Fuel injector × × × L
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × ×

Throttle control motor relay × × ×
Throttle control motor × M
Air conditioner relay × ×
× × × ×
OUTPUT

Fuel pump relay

N
Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × × × O
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × × ×
valve
VIAS control solenoid valve × × × P
Calculated load value × × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to “Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data”.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
EC-109
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-III is used with no connection of CONSULT-III CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and CONSULT-III CONVERTER to data
link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel near
the hood opener handle.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1283E

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit".
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure from
ING IDLING. fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data

Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
CODE
EC-18.)
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
“Mode2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 “Mode3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
“Mode4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
“Mode5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop

EC-110
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Freeze frame data
Description
item* A
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC
or [°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] short-term fuel trim. C
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] ule. D
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
h] or [mph] E
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] F
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE G

Monitored Item
×: Applicable H
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS I
NALS
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the J
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor • When the engine is stopped, a certain K
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
is displayed. value is indicated.
• Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection
B/FUEL SCHDL
× pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
[msec] L
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × • When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × correction factor per cycle is indicated. • This data also includes the data for M
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant tempera-
• The engine coolant temperature (determined ture sensor is open or short-circuited, N
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × by the signal voltage of the engine coolant tem- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
[°C] or [°F]
perature sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
O
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] × × • The A/F signal computed from the input signal
A/F SEN1 (B2) [V] × of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S2 (B1) [V] × • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor P
HO2S2 (B2) [V] × 2 is displayed.

HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:

×
[RICH/LEAN] RICH: Means the amount of oxygen after three
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) value is indicated.
× LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen after three
[RICH/LEAN] way catalyst is relatively large.

EC-111
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE
× × speed signal sent from combination meter is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
BATTERY VOLT [V] × × • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × • THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE
× × signal voltage of the intake air temperature
[°C] or [°F]
sensor) is indicated.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] comput- • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL
× × ed by the ECM according to the signals of en- played regardless of the starter sig-
[ON/OFF]
gine speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS
× × ECM according to the accelerator pedal posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG
× × tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
[ON/OFF]
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× ×
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering sys-
PW/ST SIGNAL tem (determined by the signal voltage of the
× ×
[ON/OFF] power steering pressure sensor signal) is indi-
cated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electri-
cal load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/
× ×
[ON/OFF] or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
IGNITION SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
×
[ON/OFF] fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
×
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1
× • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
[msec] • When the engine is stopped, a certain
compensated by ECM according to the input
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
signals.
[msec]
IGN TIMING [BT- • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
×
DC] according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• Calculated load value indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE [%]
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM
MASS AIRFLOW
according to the signal voltage of the mass air
[g·m/s]
flow sensor.

EC-112
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT A
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con- EC
trol solenoid valve control value computed by
PURG VOL C/V [%] the ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases. C
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA] • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
INT/V TIM (B2) angle. D
[°CA]
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] • The control condition of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM ac- E
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) [%] • The advance angle becomes larger as the val-
ue increases.
• The control condition of the VIAS control sole-
F
noid valve (determined by ECM according to
VIAS S/V the input signals) is indicated.
[ON/OFF] ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating. G
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operat-
ing.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (de-
AIR COND RLY
× termined by ECM according to the input sig-
H
[ON/OFF]
nals) is indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY
× determined by ECM according to the input sig- I
[ON/OFF]
nals.
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY
× condition determined by the ECM according to J
[ON/OFF]
the input signals.
• The control condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals)
COOLING FAN is indicated.
K
×
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop L
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according
HO2S2 HTR (B2) to the input signals. M
[ON/OFF]
I/P PULLY SPD • Indicates the engine speed computed from the
[rpm] turbine revolution sensor signal.
N
VEHICLE SPEED • Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the
[km/h] or [MPH] revolution sensor signal.
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning O
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been
IDL A/V LEARN
performed yet.
[YET/CMPLT]
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already
been performed successfully. P
TRVL AFTER MIL
• Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
[km] or [mile]
A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
[%] computed by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
A/F S1 HTR (B2) • The current flow to the heater becomes larger
[%] as the value increases.

EC-113
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pres-
AC PRESS SEN [V]
sure sensor is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
[km/h] or [mph] speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
• The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
MAIN SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
CANCEL SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/
[ON/OFF] ACCELERATE switch signal.
SET SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/
[ON/OFF] COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1 • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD
[ON/OFF] brake switch signal.
BRAKE SW2 • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
VHCL SPD CUT set speed.
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively
high compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT set speed.
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
AT OD MONITOR • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D ac-
[ON/OFF] cording to the input signal from the TCM.
AT OD CANCEL • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D can-
[ON/OFF] cel signal sent from the TCM.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP
determined by the ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF]
signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp de-
SET LAMP
termined by the ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF]
signals.
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec], • Only # is displayed if item is unable to
[Hz] or [%] be measured.
DUTY-HI • Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width • Figures with #s are temporary ones.
measured by the probe. They are the same figures as an ac-
DUTY-LOW tual piece of data which was just pre-
PLS WIDTH-HI viously measured.

PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

Monitored Item
EC-114
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

ECM A
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
• Indicates the engine speed computed
EC
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] × ×
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow • When engine is running specification C
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
• Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel in-
B/FUEL SCHDL jection pulse width programmed into • When engine is running specification D
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
• When engine is running specification E
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] range is indicated.
× back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] • This data also includes the data for the
cated.
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE: F
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE G

Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) H

• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 I
tion using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see J
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors K
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch: OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE • Shift lever: P or N • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal • Spark plug L
one at a time using CONSULT-III. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan HI, LOW and Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan motor M
OFF using CONSULT-III. • IPDM E/R
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
N
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped) O
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay ON and
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-III and lis-
ten to operating sound.
P
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
with CONSULT-III and listen for sound. • Solenoid valve
operating sound.

EC-115
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode

Test mode Test item Condition Reference page

A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 EC-379
A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 EC-387, EC-396
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 EC-379
A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 EC-387, EC-396
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 Refer to corresponding EC-186
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 trouble diagnosis for DTC. EC-303
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-313
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-186
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-303
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-313

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

Description
CONSULT-III has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
• The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-III screen in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by
ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed
to “Recording Data... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded.
Then when the percentage reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is
touched on the screen during “Recording Data... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIG-
GER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-III OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
• DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-III screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”

EC-116
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is A
detected.
• While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-III should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
EC
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo-
nents and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st
trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-23, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".) C
2. “MANU TRIG”
• If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-III to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur- D
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000001639203

E
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 8 different functions explained below. F
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
G

SEF139P

I
FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

J
This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
K
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-107, "CONSULT-III Function (EN-
GINE)".
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
Service $03 DTCs L
by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) M
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) N
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and Service $07)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. O
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related power train components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
P
Service $08 — This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-117
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Connect GST to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel near the hood opener handle.

MBIB1283E

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)

SEF398S

5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
the tool maker.

SEF416S

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639204

Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-124.
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-124.
A/F ALPHA-B1
See EC-124.
A/F ALPHA-B2
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1)
• Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V
A/F SEN1 (B2)

EC-118
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
• Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 (B1) Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V EC
HO2S2 (B2) quickly
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
• Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
C
ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be- LEAN ←→ RICH D
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) quickly
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the E
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
F
ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V G
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
H
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF I
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: P or N ON J
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL K
engine Steering wheel: Being turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON L
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
lighting switch is OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON M
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON
HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF N
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 • Shift lever: P or N
O
INJ PULSE-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 13 - 18° BTDC P
• Shift lever: P or N
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25 - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 35%
• Shift lever: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 - 35%
• No load

EC-119
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
• Shift lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
• No load

• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Shift lever: P or N (Accelerator pedal is not depressed 0%
PURG VOL C/V even slightly, after engine starting)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm —
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1) • Shift lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
INT/V SOL (B1) • Shift lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
2,200 - 3,300 rpm ON
VIAS S/V • Engine: After warming up
Except above conditions OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature: Between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
HI
(221°F) or more
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
speedometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. speedometer indication
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR (B2)
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
SULT-III value. CONSULT-III value
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF

EC-120
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: EC
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
C
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON D
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON E
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
MAIN switch: pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
F
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40km/h (25MPH) and 175km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(109MPH) G
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.
H
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639205

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
I
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position.
J
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from ON to OFF.

M
PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
N
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.

EC-121
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

PBIB2445E

EC-122
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

PBIB2099E

EC-123
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000001639206

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MON-
ITOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000001639207

• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Engine speed: Idle
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000001639208

NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-67, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR
(SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-124, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639209

OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC-124
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

PBIB2268E

EC-125
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

PBIB2548E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-124, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:

EC-126
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. EC
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. G
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. H
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6. J
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil. K
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too L
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
M
>> INSPECTION END
6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. O
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-74. GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
1. Check the following.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-476.)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-74.)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

EC-127
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-481.)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-470.)
- Intake air leakage
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-84, "On-Vehicle Service".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)

>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P1271, P1281, refer to EC-345, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1272, P1282, refer to EC-353, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1273, P1283, refer to EC-361, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1274, P1284, refer to EC-370, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1276, P1286, refer to EC-379, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1278, P1288, refer to EC-387, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1279, P1289, refer to EC-396, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.

EC-128
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END A
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
EC
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
C
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine. D
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” F

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18. H
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. I
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive J
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction K
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
L
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM M
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element N
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. O
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” P
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
EC-129
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-155.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
EC-130
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap A
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
EC
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc. C

>> GO TO 30.
D
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value. E
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart". F
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within
the SP value. G
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart". H

EC-131
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Description INFOID:0000000001639210

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639211

1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-132
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639212

EC

P
MBWA1274E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-133
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

EC-134
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBWA1275E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-135
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 B • Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639213

1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

MBIB0015E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Fuse block (J/B) connector M88
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

EC-136
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

: Vehicle front A
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
E
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground H

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

I
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector E12 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage K

OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-481. L
NG >> GO TO 8.

M
PBIB2658E

8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester. O

Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop P
approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO PBIB1630E
11.

EC-137
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Turn ginition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIB1191E

10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

EC-138
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II G
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground K

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

L
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG M
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000001639214

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can O
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
P
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.

EC-139
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-23, "Ground Distribution".

PBIB1870E

EC-140
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639215

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639216
D

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name

U1000*1
• ECM cannot communicate to other control
1000*1 • Harness or connectors
CAN communication units. F
(CAN communication line is open or
line • ECM cannot communicate for more than the
U1001*2 shorted)
specified time.
1001*2
*1: This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. G
*2: The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639217

H

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
I
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-142, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-141
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639218

MBWA1276E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639219

Go to LAN-48, "CAN Communication Signal Chart for Gasoline Engine Models".

EC-142
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639220

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
D
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line
E

J
PBIB1102E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant K
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. L
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639221

Specification data are reference values. M

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA N
INT/V TIM (B1) • Shift lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No-load
O
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
INT/V SOL (B1) • Shift lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No-load P

EC-143
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639222

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0011 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
0011 • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(Bank 1) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0021 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
0021 • Timing chain installation
(Bank 2) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639223

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P1111 or P1136, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1111 or P1136. Refer to EC-279.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec
Selector lever P or N position
3. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go toEC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-144
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. A

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639224

EC
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi- C
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. D
KG >> Go to LU-5, "Inspection".

PBIA8559J
F
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-146, "Component Inspection".
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
H
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) J

Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) L
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft N
rear end or replace camshaft.

SEC905C
P
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service vecords that may cause timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49.
No >> GO TO 7.

EC-145
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT

Refer to EM-69, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-235 for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-242 for CMP sensor (PHASE).

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639225

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
PBIB2275E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639226

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-49.

EC-146
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639227

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
E
OPERATION

Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

F
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up G
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639228 H

Specification data are reference values.

I
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON J
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639229

L
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0037
M
0037 Heated oxygen The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) sensor 2 heater sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0057 control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
0057 input through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater N
(Bank 2)
P0038
0038 Heated oxygen The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- • Harness or connectors O
(Bank 1) sensor 2 heater sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
P0058 control circuit high (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
0058 input through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
P
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639230

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:

EC-147
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start the engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under
no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-148
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639231

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1277E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-149
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-150
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1278E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-151
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met.
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639232

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

EC-152
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBIB1277E

D
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
E
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. F
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
H

PBIB0112E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12 J
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
K
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. M

Terminals
DTC Bank N
ECM Sensor
P0037, P0038 25 2 1
P0057, P0058 6 2 2 O

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-154, "Component Inspection".

EC-153
 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639233

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.

Terminal No. Resistance

2 and 3 9.9 - 13.3 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved
anti-seize lubricant.

SEF249Y

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639234

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-19.

EC-154
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639235

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, electric current is supplied to hot wire is changed to main-
tain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM D
detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639236

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-124. G
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 35%
• Shift lever: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 - 35% H
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
• Shift lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW I
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
• No load

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639237 J

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
K
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
0102 circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors M
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE N
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

O
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639238

P
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-III

EC-155
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

EC-156
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639239

EC

MBWA1279E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-157
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
51 P Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running] 0.9 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being in-
rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm)
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639240

1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

EC-158
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

: Vehicle front A
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0541E G

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester. H

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
J

PBIB1597E

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E9, F4
L
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC-159
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-160, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639241

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.

Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-160
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground. A

Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 EC
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
C

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm. PBIB1106E

D
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element E
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again. F
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. G
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639242

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

Refer to EM-13.

EC-161
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639243

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>

Intake air temperature

Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639244

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639245

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-162
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639246

EC

P
MBWA1280E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639247

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
EC-163
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0541E

3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 2 and

ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB1598E

3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-164
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

Refer to EC-165, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639248

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR E

1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.
F
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
G
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
H
PBIA9559J

SEF012P L

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639249

M
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-13.
N

EC-165
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639250

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature

Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
-10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639251

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

EC-166
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode A

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
EC
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)

Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) C
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) D
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while
engine is running.
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639252

NOTE: F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. I

EC-167
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639253

MBWA1281E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639254

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
EC-168
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
BBIA0542E

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with K

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power M
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E N
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-169
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639255

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639256

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-31.

EC-170
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639257

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639258

F
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

G
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. H

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639259

I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) K
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) L

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 N
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639260

NOTE: P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

EC-171
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639261

MBWA1282E

EC-172
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
C
NO.
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released E
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D F
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor) G
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D H
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped I
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 G
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639262

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection". L

O
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
P
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-173
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0543E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2604E

3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-172
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-436
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-439, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC-174
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
A
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 66.
C
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3. F
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. G

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR I
Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. J
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
K
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
L

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END N

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639263

O
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". P
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D position.

EC-175
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

50 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

69 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1608E
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
7. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
8. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639264

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-176
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639265

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions. D
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639266

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 (B1) • Below 3,600 rpm after the follow- G
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be-
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) quickly. H
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load

I
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639267

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy- J
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during K
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB1848E
M

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
N
P0138
0138
(Bank 1) • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted) O
P0158 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
0158
(Bank 2)
P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639268

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC-177
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-178
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639269

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1283E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-179
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-180
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1284E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-181
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639270

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

EC-182
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBIB1277E

D
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 78.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to ground or short to power in harness or connec- H
tors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows. I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminals
J
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 74 1 1
K
P0158 55 1 2

Continuity should exist. L

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
N
P0138 74 1 1
P0158 55 1 2
O
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.

EC-183
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Water should not exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-184, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639271

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB2534E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.

EC-184
 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. A
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
EC
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D C
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure. D
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 E
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639272

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 G

Refer to EM-19.

EC-185
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639273

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639274

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 (B1) • Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be-
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) quickly.
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639275

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes
the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxy-
gen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the
sensor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving
condition such as fuel-cut.

SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0139 • Harness or connectors
0139 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0159 circuit slow response tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
0159 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2) • Intake air leaks

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639276

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.

EC-186
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. A
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F) C
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
D
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with E
CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
7. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. F
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step. G
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
H

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec I
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105 °C
Shift lever Suitable position
J
NOTE:
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2. K
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with “OD” OFF from the above condition [step 9] until
L
“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for COND3 is M
conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
Procedure for COND3
N
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. P
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3 in Procedure for COND 1.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639277

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-187
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec- PBIB1607E
ond during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-188
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639278

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1283E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-189
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-190
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1284E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-191
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639279

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?

EC-192
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Is it difficult to start engine?
A
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
C
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information". D
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? E
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-196 or EC-206. F
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

MBIB1277E

K
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
L
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 78.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. P

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 74 1 1
P0159 55 1 2

EC-193
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Continuity should exist.

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 74 1 1
P0159 55 1 2

Continuity should not exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-194, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639280

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB2534E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:

EC-194
 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. A
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and D
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) E
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces- F
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D G
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
H
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. I
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
J
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639281

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

K
Refer to EM-19.

EC-195
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639282

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) control

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0171 • Intake air leaks
0171 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1) • Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system • Exhaust gas leaks
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 too lean • Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
0174 • Lack of fuel
(Bank 2) • Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639283

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Perform the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
6. Keep engine at idle for at least 10 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)

EC-196
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). A
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
10. The 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST C
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. D
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. E
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. F
8. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
9. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go BBIA0541E
G
to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. H
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. I
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- J
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm K
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). L
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
10. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. M
11. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
N

EC-197
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639284

BANK 1

MBWA1285E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-198
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.

Approximately 5V
C

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1) D
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E
E
16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V F
75 P Approximately 2.3V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

21 W Fuel injector No. 5 SEC984C

I
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm K

SEC985C
L
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-199
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1286E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-200
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Approximately 5V

[Engine is running] C
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

D
PBIB1584E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
F
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

40 V Fuel injector No. 6

41 R Fuel injector No. 4
SEC984C
G
42 O Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I

SEC985C

57 GR Approximately 2.6V J
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
K
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639285

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK M

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
N

PBIB1216E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
EC-201
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
2 75
Bank 1
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".
EC-202
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) A

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
EC
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-476.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
D
• Fuel lines
• Fuel filter for clogging

E
>> Repair or replace.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III F
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
G
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-155. I
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With GST J
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
K
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG L
OK (P0171)>>GO TO 9.
OK (P0174)>>GO TO 11.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or M
ground. Refer to EC-155.
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-III N
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. O

OK or NG
P
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine.

EC-203
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Disconnect harness connector F101 (1), F7 (2).
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1278E

4. Check voltage between harness connector F7 terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F7 and
ECM as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

PBIB2633E
Harness connector F7 ter-
Cylinder ECM terminal
minal
1 2 23
3 1 22
5 4 21

Continuity should exist.

8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
10.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Harness connector F101 terminal

Cylinder
(+) (–)
1 3 2
3 3 1
5 3 4

PBIB2634E
Operating sound should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
11.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

EC-204
 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to fuel injectors No.2, No.4, No.6 operating sound. A

Clicking noise should exist.

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-470. C

PBIB1986E

12.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR D

1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
E
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-32.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1. F
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. G
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec-
tors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injec- H
tors on bank 2.

Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray J
PBIB1726E
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
K
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END L

EC-205
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639286

With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) control

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
P0172
0172 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1) • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
Fuel injection system
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 too rich
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
0175 • Mass air flow sensor
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639287

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Start engine.
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
Perform the following procedure is advised.
a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
b. If engine starts, go to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
6. Keep engine at idle for at least 10 minutes.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, performing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)

EC-206
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). A
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
10. The 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST C
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then D
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector. E
5. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is
detected.
6. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. F
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
8. Select Service $07 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175
should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go BBIA0541E
G
to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. H
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. I
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con- J
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm K
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F). L
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. M
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and
check for fouling, etc. N

EC-207
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639288

BANK 1

MBWA1285E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-208
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.

Approximately 5V
C

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1) D
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E
E
16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V F
75 P Approximately 2.3V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

21 W Fuel injector No. 5 SEC984C

I
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm K

SEC985C
L
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-209
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1286E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-210
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Approximately 5V

[Engine is running] C
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

D
PBIB1584E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
F
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

40 V Fuel injector No. 6

41 R Fuel injector No. 4
SEC984C
G
42 O Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
H
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
I

SEC985C

57 GR Approximately 2.6V J
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
K
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639289

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK M

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
N

PBIB1216E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
EC-211
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
Bank 1 2 75
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".

EC-212
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

At idling: 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) A

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6.
EC
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to, EC-476.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
D

>> Repair or replace.

6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. F

2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling

7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-155.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. J

2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling

7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm K
OK or NG
OK (P0172)>>GO TO 9.
OK (P0175)>>GO TO 11. L
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-155.
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR M

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. N
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
P
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine.

EC-213
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Disconnect harness connector F101 (1), F7 (2).
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1278E

4. Check voltage between harness connector F7 terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F7 and
ECM as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

PBIB2633E
Harness connector F7 ter-
Cylinder ECM terminal
minal
1 2 23
3 1 22
5 4 21

Continuity should exist.

8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
10.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Harness connector F101 terminal

Cylinder
(+) (–)
1 3 2
3 3 1
5 3 4

PBIB2634E
Operating sound should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
11.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

EC-214
 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to fuel injectors No.2, No.4, No.6 operating sound. A

Clicking noise should exist.

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-470. C

PBIB1986E

12.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR D

1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-32.

Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
E
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. F
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG G
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 13.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to EC-132.
I
>> INSPECTION END

EC-215
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639290

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639291

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639292

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor.
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639293

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

EC-216
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure". A

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
EC
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639294

MBWA1288E

EC-217
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639295

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.

EC-218
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I A

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC

D
BBIA0543E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal E

2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. G

PBIB2604E H
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III L
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram M

47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-217
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-436
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-439, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC-219
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 66.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639296

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D position.

EC-220
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi- A
tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage EC

50 Fully released More than 0.36V
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
C
69 Fully released Less than 4.75V
(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1608E
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next D
step.
7. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
8. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639297

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

Refer to EM-14.

EC-221
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYL-
INDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639298

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire de- • Improper spark plug
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 tected • Insufficient compression
• Incorrect fuel pressure
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire
No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
0302 detected
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire • Intake air leak
No. 3 cylinder misfires.
0303 detected • The ignition signal circuit is open or short-
ed
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire
No. 4 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
0304 detected
• Signal plate
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
No. 5 cylinder misfires.
0305 detected • Incorrect PCV hose connection
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfire
No. 6 cylinder misfires.
0306 detected

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639299

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III

EC-222
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III. A
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. EC
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, perform- C
ing the following procedure is advised.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. PBIB0164E

b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to D
(1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
E
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
F
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), G
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). H

The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
I
Engine speed Time
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
J
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes

WITH GST K
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639300 L

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. M
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING O
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
P
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop?
EC-223
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect harness connector F101 (1), F7 (2).
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1278E

4. Check voltage between harness connector F7 terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F7 and
ECM as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

PBIB2633E
Harness connector F7 ter-
Cylinder ECM terminal
minal
1 2 23
3 1 22
5 4 21

Continuity should exist.

8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470.
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Harness connector F101 terminal

Cylinder
(+) (–)
1 3 2
3 3 1
5 3 4

PBIB2634E
Operating sound should exist.
OK or NG

EC-224
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to EC-470. A
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
EC
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.

Clicking noise should exist. C

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
D
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-470.

E
PBIB1986E

7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I F

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure. H
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. I
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be J
BBIA0534E
checked.
8. Crank engine for five seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. K
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark L
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
M
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil N
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E

while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage

becomes 20kV or more. O
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.

EC-225
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-481.
9.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-22, "Changing Spark Plugs
(Platinum-Tipped Type)".
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 10.

SEF156I

10.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-22, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Platinum-Tipped Type)".
11.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-84, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
12.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".

At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-476.)
• Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-74, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
• Fuel lines
• Fuel filter for clogging

>> Repair or replace.

EC-226
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

14.CHECK IGNITION TIMING A

Check the following items. Refer to EC-67, "Basic Inspection".

Items Specifications EC
Target idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Follow the EC-67, "Basic Inspection".
D
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector. E

BBIA0589E H
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16 J
2 75
Bank 1
5 35
6 56 K
1 76
2 77
Bank 2 L
5 57
6 58
M
Continuity should exist.
5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. N

Bank 1 Bank 2
O
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77 P
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
EC-227
 DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors between ECM
and A/F sensor 1.
16.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
17.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

18.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling

7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.

2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec: at idling

7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-155.
19.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Repair or replace.
20.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".

>> GO TO 21.
21.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-228
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639301

The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses EC

engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pres-
sure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
• : Vehicle front C

MBIB1311E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639302

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses. F

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0327 G
0327
(bank 1) Knock sensor circuit low in- An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0332 put is sent to ECM.
H
0332
(bank 2) • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 • Knock sensor
0328 I
(bank 1) Knock sensor circuit high in- An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0333 put is sent to ECM.
0333 J
(bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639303

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirmthat battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III M
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. O

EC-229
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639304

MBWA1289E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-230
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
15 W Knock sensor (bank 1) [Engine is running]
Approximately 2.5V
36 W Knock sensor (bank 2) • Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639305 C

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminals 15, 36 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE: E
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]

F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
H
1. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock
sensor (bank1) terminal 1, ECM terminal 36 and knock sensor I
(bank 2) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG K
MBIB1311E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F29, F151 M
• Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
P
5.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

EC-231
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F29, F151
• Harness connectors F2, E8
• Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short power in harness or connectors.

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639306

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.

Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]

CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

SEF227W

EC-232
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639307

A
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-100.
EC

EC-233
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639308

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIB0562E
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2744E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639309

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer Almost the same speed as the tachometer
ENG SPEED
indication. indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639310

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
• Harness or connectors
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sor (POS) circuit • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine run-
ning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639311

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
EC-234
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure". A

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
EC
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639312

MBWA1290E

EC-235
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Crankshaft position sensor PBIB1041E

13 G
(POS)
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB1042E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639313

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front

EC-236
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 A
(control unit)

OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT C
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D

F
BBIA0590E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and G

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. I

PBIB0664E
J
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. K
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and IPDM E/R
L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
P
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-237
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

6.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
8.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639314

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

EC-238
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
A
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
EC
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639315

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) E

Refer to EM-24.

EC-239
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639316

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIB0562E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2744E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639317

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the ta- Almost the same speed as the tachometer
ENG SPEED
chometer indication. indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639318

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0340 • Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
0340 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
(Bank 1) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
• Camshaft (Intake)
P0345 sor (PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-27.)
0345 • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-27.)
(Bank 2) pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639319

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.

EC-240
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST C
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-241
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639320

BANK 1

MBWA1291E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-242
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: D
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E

E
33 L
(PHASE) (bank 1)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

G
PBIB1040E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] J
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-243
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1292E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-244
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E
14 Y
(PHASE) (bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0V
E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F

PBIB1040E

[Engine is running] G
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR H
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
I
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639321

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM K

Turn ignition switch to START position.

Does the engine turn over? L

Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No M
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-27.)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
O

MBIB1218E

EC-245
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0549E

3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF481Y

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between CMP sensor (PHASE) and ground

EC-246
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 or 14 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection". E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). F
9.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following. G
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
I

J
SEC905C

10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

K
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639322

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) M

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
N
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
O

PBIB0563E

EC-247
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639323

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EM-68.

EC-248
 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639324

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) EC
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 C
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way D
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.

PBIB2377E E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P0420 • Three way catalyst (manifold)
0420 • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
(Bank 1) • Intake air leaks G
Catalyst system efficien- ate properly.
• Fuel injector
P0430 cy below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
0430 enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
(Bank 2) • Improper ignition timing H

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639325

NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
WITH CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). M
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. N
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12. O
10. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It P
will take approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1.

12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.

13. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-250, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-249
 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639326

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 74 [HO2S2 (bank
1) signal], 55 [HO2S2 (bank 2) signal] and ground.
7. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load.
8. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 sec-
onds.
If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to
EC-250, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0

PBIB1108E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639327

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-67, "Basic Inspection".

EC-250
 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Items Specifications A
Target idle speed 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the EC-67, "Basic Inspection". C
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 40, 41, 42 D
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-471.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
NG >> Perform EC-472, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB1172E
G
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION: H
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: I
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine. J
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
BBIA0534E
checked. L
8. Crank engine for five seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm M
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal N
portion.

Spark should be generated. O

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock PBIB2325E
P
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage
becomes 20kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

EC-251
 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-481.
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to MA-22, "Changing Spark Plugs
(Platinum-Tipped Type)".
NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug.
2. GO TO 9.

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug
and the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-22, "Changing
Spark Plugs (Platinum-Tipped Type)".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-32.
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).

EC-252
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLE-
A
NOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000001639328
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 E
EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
F
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
G
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. H
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
I
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
J
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is K
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
L

PBIB2057E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639329 N

Specification data are reference values.

O
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Shift lever: P or N (Accelerator pedal is not depressed 0%
PURG VOL C/V even slightly, after engine starting)
P
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm —

EC-253
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639330

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
0444 to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
• Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
shorted
lenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639331

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-254
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639332

EC

MBWA1293E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-255
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting

SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume
45 P
control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

SEC991C

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639333

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
(1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1312E

EC-256
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or A
tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage EC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. C

PBIB2605E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E9, F4
E
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM

F
>> Repair harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid H
valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

I
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4. J
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION K
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine. L
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE N

Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-257
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639334

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
0% No

PBIB2058E

Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.

Air passage continuity

Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB2059E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639335

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-14.

EC-258
 DTC P0500 VSS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0500 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639336

NOTE: EC
If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi- C
cation line.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639337
D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
ed)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from • Harness or connectors F
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
0500
when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter G
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639338

H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III K
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
L
If NG, go to EC-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. M
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,700 - 6,000 rpm N

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 7.3 - 31.8 msec
O
Selector lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
6. Check 1st trip DTC. P
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639339

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST

EC-259
 DTC P0500 VSS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639340

1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-10 or BRC-50.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to DI-5.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-260
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639341

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power EC

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the C
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
D

BBIA0552E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639342

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned. OFF G
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned. ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639343 H

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to I
EC-338.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
• Harness or connectors
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor K

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639344

L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
O
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-261
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639345

MBWA1296E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-262
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V C
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed D
Sensor power supply
68 V (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor) E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639346

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
G

MBIB1218E
J

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 K
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
M
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N

BBIA0552E

EC-263
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB1872E

3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639347

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-264
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the
following conditions. A

Condition Voltage
Steering wheel: Being turned. 0.5 - 4.5V EC
Steering wheel: Not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V

MBIB0126E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639348

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR E

Refer to PS-33.

EC-265
 DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P0605 ECM
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639349

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639350

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.

Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring.
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639351

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST

EC-266
 DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnosis Procedure". C

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639352

1.INSPECTION START E

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. F
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-266. G
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-266. I
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. J
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
K
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". L
4. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
M
>> INSPECTION END

EC-267
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000001639353

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
operating condition to keep the temperature of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639354

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR (B2)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639355

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1031
1031 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heat-
1 heater control circuit low
P1051 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM er circuit is open or shorted.)
input
1051 through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
P1032
1032 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heat-
1 heater control circuit
P1052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM er circuit is shorted.)
high input
1052 through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639356

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnosis Procedure".

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-268
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639357

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1297E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-269
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-270
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1298E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-271
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639358

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or Replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-272
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio sensor 1 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
E
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio sensor 1 and fuse
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 (bank 1) or 24 (bank 2) and air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor H
1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. I

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER K
Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. N
NG >> Repair or replace.
7.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. P
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-273
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639359

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.

Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, 5, 6, terminals 4 and
1, 2, 5, 6.

Continuity should not exist.

If NG, replace the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust
system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB1684E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639360

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19.

EC-274
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639361

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch EC
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
C

PBIB1164E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639362

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is G
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639363

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times. K
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-277, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-275
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639364

MBWA1299E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-276
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 V [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639365 C

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. E

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
G

MBIB0026E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.

• 20A fuse
• IPDM E/R harness connector E30 I
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

J
>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. N
See EC-275.
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
With GST O
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. P
See EC-275.
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-277
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

5.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-278
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639366

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF EC

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow. C
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve D
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639367

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2% G
INT/V SOL (B1) • Shift lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B2) • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639368

I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1111
1111 • Harness or connectors J
(Bank 1) An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
P1136 solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
1136 • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
K
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639369

L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST O
Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-279
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639370

BANK 1

MBWA1300E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-280
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition C
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V
D
Intake valve timing control
11 V
solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm E

PBIB1790E

F
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
G
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
H
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I

EC-281
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1301E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-282
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V
C
Intake valve timing control
10 W
solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition D
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

E
PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V F
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni- G
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639371

I
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.

M
BBIA0553E

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. N

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
P

PBIB0192E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4 (bank 1)
• Harness connectors F6, F125 (bank 1)
EC-283
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 (bank 1) or 10 (bank 2) and intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F125, F6 (bank 1)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and intake valve timing control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-284, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639372

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E

EC-284
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger A
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE: C
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
PBIB2275E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639373

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

Refer to EM-49.

EC-285
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639374

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639375

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P1121 Electric throttle control
• Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639376

NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Shift selector lever to P position.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
10. If DTC is detected, go to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-286
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position and wait at least 3 seconds. EC
3. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC. C
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST D
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639377

E
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) F
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
H

MBIB1313E
I
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. J
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
K
>> INSPECTION END

EC-287
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000001639378

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-286 or EC-294.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639379

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639380

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when the
engine is running.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-290, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-288
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639381

EC

P
MBWA1302E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-289
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B
(Open) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639382

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C hi-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

EC-290
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Ignition switch Voltage

OFF Approximately 0V EC
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E

D
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with E
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4. G

PBIB1171E H
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
I
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse. N
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. O
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-291
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Electric throttle control

ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
5 Should not exist
5
4 Should exist
5 Should exist BBIA0543E
6
4 Should not exist
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1313E

11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-293, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 13.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

EC-292
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
13.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
EC
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

C
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639383

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR D

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.
E
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next F
step.
4. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning". G

PBIB2606E
H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639384

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR I

Refer to EM-14.

EC-293
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639385

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639386

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639387

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MlL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639388

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.

EC-294
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. A
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST EC
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.

EC-295
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639389

MBWA1303E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-296
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V) C
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] D

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
E
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V F

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B G
(Open) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639390 J

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
NG >> GO TO 2.

N
PBIB1171E

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

O
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. P

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-297
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

3.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.

Ignition switch Voltage

OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5. MBIB0028E

5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-298
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639391

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639392

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors E
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639393

NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
K
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-301, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST L
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-299
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639394

MBWA1304E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-300
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V) C
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] D

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
E
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V F

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B G
(Open) • Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639395 J

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

O
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C hi-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 P
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

EC-301
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Electric throttle control

ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
5 Should not exist
5
4 Should exist
5 Should exist BBIA0543E
6
4 Should not exist
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-302, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639396

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

PBIB2606E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639397

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-302
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639398

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions. D
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639399

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 (B1) • Below 3,600 rpm after the follow- G
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be-
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) quickly. H
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load

I
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639400

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy- J
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is K
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB2376E
M

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
N
P1146
1146 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not
minimum voltage moni- • Heated oxygen sensor 2 O
P1166 reached to the specified voltage.
toring • Fuel pressure
1166 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639401

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.

EC-303
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-III
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
7. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
Shift lever Suitable position

NOTE:
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with “OD” OFF from the above condition [step 9] until
“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take approxi-
mately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for COND3
is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3 in Procedure for COND 1.

EC-304
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639402

A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and D
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. E
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec- F
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D G
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
H
8. If NG, go to EC-309, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-305
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639403

BANK 1

MBWA1283E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-306
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V C
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
D
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2 F
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
H

EC-307
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1284E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-308
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V C
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
D
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2 F
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639404

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
J

MBIB1218E M

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 N
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA P

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?

EC-309
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Is it difficult to start engine?

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-206.
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

MBIB1277E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 78.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 74 1 1
P1166 55 1 2

EC-310
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Continuity should exist. A

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
C
P1146 74 1 1
P1166 55 1 2

D
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F

Refer to EC-311, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to EC-132.
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639405

J
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item M
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
N

PBIB2534E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-311
 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639406

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-19.

EC-312
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639407

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), EC

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions. D
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639408

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 (B1) • Below 3,600 rpm after the follow- G
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be-
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) quickly. H
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load

I
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639409

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy- J
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor K
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.

SEF259VA
M

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
N
P1147 • Harness or connectors
1147 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 2
The maximum voltage from the sensor is not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
maximum voltage moni- O
P1167 reached to the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
toring
1167 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2) • Intake air leaks

P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639410

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT-III screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.

EC-313
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in Pro-
cedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-III
Procedure for COND1
For the best results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
7. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds.
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.
9. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT-III
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)

ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C
Shift lever Suitable position

NOTE:
• If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.
• If “COMPLETED” already appears at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2.
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with “OD” OFF from the above condition [step 9] until
“INCOMPLETE” at “COND2” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COMPLETED” (It will take approxi-
mately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If “COMPLETE” already appears at “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen before Procedure for COND3
is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETE” of “COND3” on CONSULT-III screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT-III.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F), go to step 3 in Procedure for COND 1.

EC-314
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639411

A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and D
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. E
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec- F
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D G
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
H
8. If NG, go to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-315
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639412

BANK 1

MBWA1283E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-316
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V C
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
D
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2 F
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
H

EC-317
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1284E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-318
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V C
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
D
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2 F
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
G
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639413

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
J

MBIB1218E M

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 N
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA P

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?

EC-319
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Is it difficult to start engine?

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0174. Refer to EC-196.
No >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

MBIB1277E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)

3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

4. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 78.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 74 1 1
P1167 55 1 2

EC-320
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Continuity should exist. A

2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
C
P1147 74 1 1
P1167 55 1 2

D
Continuity should not exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F

Refer to EC-321, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to EC-132.
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639414

J
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item M
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
N

PBIB2534E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
EC-321
 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with “OD” OFF.
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639415

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EM-19.

EC-322
 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639416

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS EC
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639417

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-
diagnosis. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from
TCS control unit unit)
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (Control unit)”.
• TCS related parts
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639418

TESTING CONDITION: G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639419
J

Go to BRC-50.
K

EC-323
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000001639420

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639421

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212
TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
1212
unit)”. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639422

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-324, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639423

Go to BRC-50.

EC-324
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639424

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-141. C
Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1 E

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
F
Air conditioner switch 2
Air conditioner ON signal*
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
G
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. H

Cooling Fan Operation

MBIB1266E
N
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
O
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF P
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) OFF ON

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.

EC-325
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 3
High (HI) 2 3

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639425

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature: Between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
HI
(221°F) or more

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639426

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
ed.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Cooling fan system does not operate proper-
• Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- ly (Overheat).
• Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant level was not added to the
• Radiator cap
system using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank cap
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-332,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-15, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639427

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or reservoir tank.
EC-326
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. A
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
EC
NOTE:
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-329, C
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-329, D
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
SEF621W
E

4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

5. If the results are NG, go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
NOTE: G
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-329, H
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-329, I
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors
operation, refer to PG-16, "Auto Active Test". SEF621W
J
4. If NG, go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-327
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639428

MBWA1305E

EC-328
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBWA1384E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639429 P

1.CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.

EC-329
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation (Crankshaft
Driven Type)".
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to “PROCEDURE A”.)
3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation, refer to PG-16, "Auto Active
Test".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (Low/High).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to “PROCEDURE A”.)
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-9, "Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-9, "Inspection".
• Hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank
5.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Refer to CO-14, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
Check the following.
• Thermostat. Refer to CO-29.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-170, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-332, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating".

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK COOLILNG FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E14.

EC-330
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB2607E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• 40A fusible link
E
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

F
3.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E17, E18.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 38, 59 and ground. G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. H

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
2. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
K
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. L

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 5. MBIB1284E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
N
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. O

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Refer to EC-332, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
EC-331
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000001639430

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture MA-14
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in MA-15
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester 59 - 125 kPa CO-14
(0.59 - 1.25 bar, 0.6 - 1.3
kg/cm2, 9 - 18 psi) (Limit)

ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-9

ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-29
lower radiator hoses

ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P1217 (EC-325).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft
ON*2 7
driven)
• Visual Operating See CO-22.

OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —

tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving MA-15
ervoir tank and idling

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in MA-15
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-85
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-100
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-6.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639431

COOLING FAN MOTOR

EC-332
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and A
check operation.

Cooling fan motor terminals EC

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 3
C
High (HI) 2 3
Cooling fan motor should operate. MBIB1241E
If NG, replace cooling fan motor. D

EC-333
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639432

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639433

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639434

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639435

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1313E

EC-334
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
EC

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639436 C

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14. D

EC-335
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639437

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639438

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639439

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639440

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

EC-336
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside.

MBIB1313E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.

2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
E
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639441

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR G

Refer to EM-14.

EC-337
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639442

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short-
ed.)
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639443

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-342, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-338
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639444

EC

P
MBWA1307E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-339
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply
68 V (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-340
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

EC

MBWA1295E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-341
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EVAP control system pres-
32 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Sensor power supply
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639445

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground three screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0592E

EC-342
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB2608E

3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS D

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
E
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
90 APP sensor terminal 2 EC-339
48 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-339 F
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-494
68 PSP sensor terminal 3 EC-262
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-94, "Magnet Clutch Circuit" or MTC-61, "Magnet Clutch Circuit".) I
• Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. J
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR K
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
L

BBIA0551E

O
2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.

EC-343
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions.

Applied vacuum kPa

Voltage V
(mbar, mmHg, inHg)
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-267, -200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-267 mbar, -700 mmHg, - PBIB1173E

27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1013 mbar, 760

mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-344
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639446

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air). D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639447

I

Specification data are reference values.

J
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639448

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ L
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause M
P1271
1271 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir- N
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constant-
P1281 circuit no activity detected cuit is open or shorted.)
ly approx. 0V.
1281 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639449

CAUTION:
P
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III

EC-345
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-350, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Gear position Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-350, "Diagnosis Procedure".

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-346
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639450

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-347
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-348
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1337E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-349
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639451

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-350
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
E
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. H
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal I

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35 J
6 56
1 76
K
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58 L

Continuity should exist.

M
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

N
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76 O
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58 P

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-351
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639452

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19.

EC-352
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639453

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air). D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G

SEF580Z

I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639454

Specification data are reference values.

J
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639455

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ L
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause M
P1272
1272 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir- N
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constantly ap-
P1282 circuit no activity detected cuit is open or shorted.)
prox. 5V.
1282 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639456

CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
EC-353
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".

WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-354
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639457

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-355
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-356
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1337E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-357
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639458

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws.Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-358
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
E
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. H
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal I

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35 J
6 56
1 76
K
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58 L

Continuity should exist.

M
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

N
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76 O
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58 P

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-359
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639459

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19.

EC-360
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639460

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air). D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639461

I

Specification data are reference values.

J
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639462

To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon- L
itored not to be shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause M
P1273
1273 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1) • The output voltage computed by ECM from the • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 N
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is shifted to • Fuel pressure
P1283 lean shift monitoring
the lean side for a specified period. • Fuel injector
1283 • Intake air leaks
(Bank 2)
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639463

NOTE:
P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-361
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is
detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min-
BBIA0541E
utes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-362
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639464

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-363
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-364
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1337E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-365
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639465

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.

BBIA0593E

EC-366
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb) A

>> GO TO 3.
EC
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. D
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. F
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. G
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. H
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No I
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171or P0174. Refer to EC-196.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
K

BBIA0589E

3. Turn ignition switch ON. N

4. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
O
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. P
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB1683E

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
EC-367
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-368
 DTC P1273, P1283 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

9.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 A

Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
EC
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
C
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639466
D

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19. E

EC-369
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639467

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639468

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639469

To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is mon-
itored not to be shifted to LEAN side or RICH side.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P1274
1274 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is shifted to
P1284 rich shift monitoring • Fuel pressure
the rich side for a specified period.
1244 • Fuel injector
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639470

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-370
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III. A
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
EC
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
9. Check 1st trip DTC.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure". C

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- E
nector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is
detected. F
7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute. G
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min-
BBIA0541E
utes.
11. Select Service $07 with GST. H
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-375, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-371
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639471

BANK 1

MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-372
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO.
COLOR EC

Approximately 5V

C
[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed
D

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V E
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
F

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-373
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1337E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-374
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V EC

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition C
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E D
57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition E
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639472

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
H

MBIB1218E
K

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 L
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
O

BBIA0593E

EC-375
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.
3.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172 or P0175. Refer to EC-206.
No >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

3. Check harness connector for water.

Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-376
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
C

PBIB1683E

6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
E
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. H
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal I

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35 J
6 56
1 76
K
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58 L

Continuity should exist.

M
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

N
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76 O
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58 P

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

EC-377
 DTC P1274, P1284 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace.
10.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639473

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19.

EC-378
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639474

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air). D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G

SEF580Z

I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639475

Specification data are reference values.

J
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639476

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ L
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause M
P1276
1276 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir- N
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constantly ap-
P1286 circuit high voltage cuit is open or shorted.)
prox. 1.5V.
1286 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639477

CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
EC-379
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “START”.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

ENG SPEED 1,750 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever D position with “OD” OFF
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
7. Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
8. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6.
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639478

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set D position with “OD” OFF, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to
50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
9. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
If the DTC is displayed, go to EC-384, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-380
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639479

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-381
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-382
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1337E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-383
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639480

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-384
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
E
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. H
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal I

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35 J
6 56
1 76
K
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58 L

Continuity should exist.

M
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

N
Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76 O
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58 P

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-385
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639481

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19.

EC-386
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639482

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar dual-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is the
combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxy-
gen-pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air). D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor 1 is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G

SEF580Z

I
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639483

Specification data are reference values.

J
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639484

To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F sig- L
nal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operat-
ing (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or M
not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
N
P1278 • Harness or connectors
1278 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir-
(Bank 1) cuit is open or shorted.)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O
• The response (from RICH to LEAN) of the A/F
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal computed by ECM from air fuel ratio (A/
• Fuel pressure
P1288 circuit slow response F) sensor 1 signal takes more than the speci-
• Fuel injector
1288 fied time. P
• Intake air leaks
(Bank 2) • Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639485

NOTE:

EC-387
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” or “A/F SEN1(B1) P1288/P1289” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.

7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-124.
8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle at under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-124.
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step.
If NG, check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Select Service $07 with GST.
If the 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-388
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639486

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-389
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-390
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1337E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-391
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639487

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.

BBIA0593E

EC-392
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb) A

>> GO TO 3.
EC
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). C

PBIB1216E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace. G
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
I
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. K
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- M
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related N
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? O
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-196 or EC-206. P
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-393
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB1683E

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

EC-394
 DTC P1278, P1288 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1 16 1 76
A
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58 EC

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection". E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13. F
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-160, "Component Inspection".
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
H
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-45.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
J
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 L
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m M
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. N

>> INSPECTION END

O
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639488

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

P
Refer to EM-19.

EC-395
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639489

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar dual-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is the
combination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxy-
gen-pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor 1 is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639490

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639491

To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F sig-
nal computed by ECM from the air fuel ration air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by
engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temper-
ature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordi-
nately long or not.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P1279 • Harness or connectors
1279 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir-
(Bank 1) cuit is open or shorted.)
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• The response (from LEAN to RICH) of the A/F
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal computed by ECM from air fuel ratio (A/
• Fuel pressure
P1289 circuit slow response F) sensor 1 signal takes more than the speci-
• Fuel injector
1289 fied time.
• Intake air leaks
(Bank 2) • Exhaust gas leaks
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639492

NOTE:

EC-396
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. A
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” or “A/F SEN1(B1) P1288/P1289” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK D
SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10. E
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step.

7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. F
b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-124.
G
8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle at under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-124. H
10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST. J
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%.
If OK, go to the following step. K
If NG, check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks L
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection M
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. O
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Select Service $07 with GST.
If the 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-401, "Diagnosis Procedure". P

EC-397
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639493

BANK 1

MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-398
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.

Approximately 5V
C

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1) D
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E
E
16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V F
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-399
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
BANK 2

MBWA1337E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-400
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Approximately 5V

[Engine is running] C
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

D
PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V E
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V
F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639494

G
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection". H

K
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front L
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. N
2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. O

BBIA0593E

EC-401
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Tightening torque: 50 N-m (5.1 kg-m, 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 3 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-49, "Emission-related
Diagnostic Information".
8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
BBIA0541E
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-196 or EC-206.
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-402
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
A

EC

BBIA0589E

3. Turn ignition switch ON. D

4. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
NG >> GO TO 7.

G
PBIB1683E

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. H
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse I
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J

8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16
M
2 75
Bank1
5 35
6 56 N
1 76
2 77
Bank 2 O
5 57
6 58

P
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

EC-403
 DTC P1279, P1289 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-160, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-45.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639495

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19

EC-404
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639496

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

E
PBIB2645E

Refer to EC-38 for the ASCD function.

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639497
F
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION G

MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF H
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: I
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased J
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639498

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. L

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-266. M

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name N
• An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steer- (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1564
ASCD steering switch
ing switch is out of the specified range. • ASCD steering switch
O
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck • ECM
ON.
P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639499

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-405
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
7. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Check DTC.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-408, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-406
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639500

EC

P
MBWA1339E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-407
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 4.0V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639501

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.

Switch Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON
MAIN switch MAIN SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW
Released OFF

EC-408
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication
A
RESUME/ACCELER- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON EC
SET/COAST switch SET SW
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with press-
ing each button.
D
Switch Condition Voltage [V]
Pressed Approx. 0
MAIN switch E
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 1
CANCEL switch
Released Approx. 4 F
RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 3 PBIB0311E
switch Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 2 G
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 17 and ECM terminal 67. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
K
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

Check the following.

• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness connectors E8, F2 N
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
O
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and combination switch terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG

EC-409
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-410, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace steering wheel.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639502

ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M302.
2. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) ter-
minals 17 and 18 with pushing each switch.

Switch Condition Resistance [Ω]

Pressed Approx. 0
MAIN switch
Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 250
CANCEL switch
Released Approx. 4,000

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 1,480 MBIB1279E

switch Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 660
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4,000

EC-410
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639503

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is EC

turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-38 for the ASCD function.
C

MBIB1214E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639504

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON G

• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON H
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639505

I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P 1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer J
to EC-266
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. K
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
L
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 • Harness or connectors
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) M
A)
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572
ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch
1572 N
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • ASCD brake switch
B) for extremely long time while the vehicle is • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
driving • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639506

CAUTION: P
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.

EC-411
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
7. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-412
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639507

EC

MBWA1309E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-413
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639508

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E

2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.

EC-414
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

CONDITION VOLTAGE A
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 7. C

MBIB0060E

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
E
- Stop lamp switch (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1214E
H

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
K

PBIB0857E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse M
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors. N

5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-415
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-417, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
- ASCD brake switch (1)

MBIB1214E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB1184E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-417, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC-416
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639509

C
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. D
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.
E
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist. F
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 3 again.
G
SEC023D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 I
and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity
J
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and K
perform step 3 again.

PBIB1185E
L

EC-417
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639510

When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639511

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Shift lever: P or N ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639512

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
P1706 Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.]
switch is not changed in the process of engine
1706 switch • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
starting and driving.
• Combination meter
• TCM

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639513

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.

Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

P or N position ON
Except above position OFF
If NG, go to EC-421, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,400 - 6,375 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
6. Check 1st trip DTC
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-421, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-418
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639514

A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal)
and ground under the following conditions. C

Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known-good data)

P or N position Approx. 0 D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except above position
(11 - 14V)
E
3. If NG, go to EC-421, "Diagnosis Procedure".

MBIB0043E

EC-419
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639515

MBWA1340E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-420
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Shift lever: P or N
102 G PNP switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except above position (11 - 14V) C

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639516

D
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Refer to AT-36.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM F

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.

Does starter motor operate? G
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Refer to SC-27. H
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. I
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and combination meter terminal 17.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. L
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. M
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and combination meter.
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II O
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination meter terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. P

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-421
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E101, M91
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-III
1. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8.
Refer to AT-94.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace.
9.REPLACE COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-5.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-422
 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639517

ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this EC
signal for engine control.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639518

C
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

D
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH)
tachometer indication

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639519

E

NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, F
U1001. Refer to EC-141.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-266.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer G
to EC-234.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, P0345 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340,
P0345. Refer to EC-240. H
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ-
ed) J
P1715 (Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated
• Harness or connectors
1715 sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal and
(Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
(TCM output) engine rpm signal.
shorted)
• TCM K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639520

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM L

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-36.

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.REPLACE TCM N
Replace TCM. Refer to AT-36.

O
>> INSPECTION END

EC-423
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000001639521

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639522

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639523

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
Brake switch
1805 tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
• Stop lamp switch

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639524

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-424
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639525

EC

MBWA1341E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-425
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639526

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
- ASCD brake switch (1)

MBIB1214E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1184E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• 10A fuse
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-426
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. A
- ASCD brake switch (1)
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2.
EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. MBIB1214E D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH E
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END H

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639527

I
STOP LAMP SWITCH
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
• ASCD brake switch (1)
J

MBIB1214E

M
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions.
N
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist. O
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 2 again.
P
PBIB1185E

EC-427
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639528

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639529

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639530

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-338.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi-
P2122 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- • Harness or connectors
tion sensor 1 circuit low
2122 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
input
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 1 circuit high (APP sensor 1)
2123 sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639531

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-428
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. A
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-431, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST C
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-429
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639532

MBWA1313E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-430
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] C
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply D
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] G
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] H
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639533

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
K

MBIB1218E
N
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 O
(control unit)

OK or NG
P
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC-431
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0592E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2608E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 82.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-433, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-432
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

>> INSPECTION END A

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132. EC

>> INSPECTION END

C
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639534

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

D
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- E
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
F
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.45V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.4V MBIB0023E H
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
5. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
I
6. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639535
J

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2. K

EC-433
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639536

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639537

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639538

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi- • Harness or connectors
P2127 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 2 circuit low (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
2127 sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input shorted.)
(The TP sensor circuit shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (APP sensor 2)
tion sensor 2 circuit high
2128 sor 2 is sent to ECM. • Electric throttle control actuator
input
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639539

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:

EC-434
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
A
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. EC
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-437, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. C

EC-435
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639540

MBWA1314E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-436
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground C
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1) E
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] F
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V G
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V H
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V I
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639541

J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body, Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

N
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front O
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

EC-437
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0592E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2611E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to wiring diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-436
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-217
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-438
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 83.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. C

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-439, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY J
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". K
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END L

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-132. M

>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639542

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

O
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
P

EC-439
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.45V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.4V MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639543

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.

EC-440
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639544

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639545

F
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

G
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. H

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639546

I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
• Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM K
P2135 (The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted).
circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 • Electric throttle control actuator
mance and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) L

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 N
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639547

NOTE: P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

EC-441
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-443, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639548

MBWA1315E

EC-442
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
C
NO.
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released E
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D F
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor) G
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D H
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped I
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 G
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639549

K
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. L
Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

P
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

EC-443
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0543E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2604E

3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-442
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-436
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-439, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
EC-444
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning". A

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
C
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 66.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. D

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1, ECM
terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-445, "Component Inspection". J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. K
10.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". L
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END M

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-132. N

>> INSPECTION END

O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639550

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

P
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D.

EC-445
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

50 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

69 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1608E
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
7. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
8. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639551

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-446
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639552

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
PBIB1741E E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
F
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639553

Specification data are reference values.

G
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) H
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
I
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639554

J
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to K
EC-338.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
• Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM or shorted.)
P2138 M
tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 (The TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
2138
performance and APP sensor 2. • Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2) N
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
O
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
P
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639555

NOTE:

EC-447
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-450, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC-448
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639556

EC

P
MBWA1316E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-449
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639557

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC-450
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector. A
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

BBIA0592E

D
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
G
PBIB2608E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I H

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
1.
I
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> GO TO 4.

K
PBIB2611E

4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to wiring diagram. M

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
P
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-449
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-442
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-451
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-220, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminals 4 and ECM terminal 82, APP sensor terminal 5
and ECM terminal 83.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-453, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-452
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639558

A
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions. C

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

D
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
E
98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.45V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.4V MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. F

5. Perform EC-72, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-72, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
G
7. Perform EC-72, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639559

H
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.
I

EC-453
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639560

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is

turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-38 for the ASCD function.

MBIB1214E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639561

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

BRAKE SW 1 • Brake pedal: Fully released ON

• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW 2 • Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

EC-454
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639562

EC

MBWA1324E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-455
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639563

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E

2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III

EC-456
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. A

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V EC
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
OK or NG C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
MBIB0060E

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
E
- Stop lamp switch (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1214E
H

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
K

PBIB0857E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse M
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors. N

5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-457
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

Refer to EC-459, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
- ASCD brake switch (1)

MBIB1214E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB1184E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-459, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC-458
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639564

C
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. D
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.
E
Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist. F
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 3 again.
G
SEC023D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 I
and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity
J
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and K
perform step 3 again.

PBIB1185E
L

EC-459
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639565

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-38 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639566

Specification data are reference value.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time → at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
175 km/h (109 MPH)

EC-460
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639567

EC

MBWA1325E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639568

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

EC-461
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• MAIN switch: pressed at the 1st
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time → at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
175 km/h (109 MPH)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-141.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to DI-5.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Go to DI-9, "Arrangement of Combination Meter".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-462
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639569

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, etc.) is transferred through the CAN communication line EC
from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639570

C
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

D
Rear window defogger switch ON and/
ON
or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and E
OFF
lighting switch are OFF.

• Engine: After warning up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639571

G
1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. H
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Condition Indication
I
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
K
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
L
Condition Indication
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. N
NG >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions. O

Condition Indication
P
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
EC-463
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Refer to GW-46.

>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to LT-6 or LT-30.

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to ATC-35 or MTC-31.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-464
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639572

The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis- EC
ter.
This solenoid valve is not used for engine control, and always
remains open.
If the vent is closed by any reason under EVAP purge conditions, the C
evaporative emission control system is depressured and EVAP can-
ister may be damaged.
D

PBIB1263E E

H
BBIA0551E

EC-465
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639573

MBWA1294E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-466
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
D
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639574

E

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve with its harness con-
nector connected from EVAP canister.
3. Start engine. G

I
BBIA0551E

J
4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END K
NG >> GO TO 2.

M
PBIB2395E

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-
nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. O

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0152E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

EC-467
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E107, C1
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors C1, E107
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-468, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639575

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.

PBIB1033E

EC-468
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. A
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between A and B EC

12V direct current supply between
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes C
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1034E

If OK, go to next step. D

4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
5. Perform step 3 again.
E

EC-469
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
FUEL INJECTOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639576

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

SEF375Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639577

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-124.
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 • Shift lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load

EC-470
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639578

EC

MBWA1321E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-471
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
21 W Fuel injector No. 5 at idle
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
SEC984C
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1
40 V Fuel injector No. 6 BATTERY VOLTAGE
41 R Fuel injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
42 O Fuel injector No. 2

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

SEC985C

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639579

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine.

EC-472
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Disconnect harness connector F101 (1), F7 (2).
- : Vehicle front A
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC

MBIB1278E

D
4. Check voltage between harness connector F7 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F7 and
ECM as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. G
PBIB2633E
Harness connector F7 ter-
Cylinder ECM terminal
minal
H
1 2 23
3 1 22
5 4 21 I

Continuity should exist.

J
8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12
• 15A fuse M
• Harness for open or short between harness connector F7 and fuse
• Harness for open or short between harness connector F7 and ECM
N
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows O
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Harness connector F101 terminal P

Cylinder
(+) (–)
1 3 2
3 3 1
5 3 4

PBIB2634E

EC-473
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

Operating sound should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.

Clicking noise should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB1986E

7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector (1).

MBIB1286E

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0582E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness connectors F7, F101
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12
• 15A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-474
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 40, 41, 42.
EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. D
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. E
• Harness connectors F101, F7 (bank 1)
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR G
Refer to EC-475, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. H
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132. I

>> INSPECTION END J

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639580

FUEL INJECTOR K
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
L
Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

PBIB1727E
O
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639581

FUEL INJECTOR P
Refer to EM-32.

EC-475
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
FUEL PUMP
Description INFOID:0000000001639582

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator

MBIB1285E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639583

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF

EC-476
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639584

EC

P
MBWA1322E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-477
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
113 V Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639585

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

BBIA0563E

2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 113 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1187E

3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 46 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB2656E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

EC-478
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

>> Repair harness or connectors. A

5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. C

BBIA0545E

F
5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 sec- G

ond after ignition switch is turned ON.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6. I
PBIB0795E

6.CHECK 15A FUSE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuse.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CURCUIT-IV L

1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.

2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1 and IPDM E/R termi-
M
nal 13.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. N

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
O
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• Harness connectors C1, E107
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-479
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors C1, E107
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

11.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-480, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639586

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminals 1 and 3.

Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

SEC918C

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639587

FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-10.

EC-480
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639588

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR EC

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit. C

BBIA0561E
F

EC-481
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639589

MBWA1317E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-482
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
D
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

EC-483
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBWA1318E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-484
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
60 V Ignition signal No. 5 SEC986C
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1 0.1 - 0.4V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F

SEC987C

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-485
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBWA1319E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-486
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
79 P Ignition signal No. 6 SEC986C
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
81 G Ignition signal No. 2 0.1 - 0.4V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F

SEC987C

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639590

H
1.CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running? I
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. J
No >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
M
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle. N
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 62, 79,
80, 81 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as O
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
P

PBIB1186E

SEC986C

OK or NG

EC-487
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-133.

MBIB0034E

5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0562E

4. Check voltage between condenser-1 terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4

EC-488
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
• Harness for open or short between condenser-1 and IPDM E/R
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser-1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. E
9.CHECK CONDENSER-1
Refer to EC-490, "Component Inspection".
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser-1.
G
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.

K
BBIA0561E

4. Turn ignition switch ON.

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
N

PBIB0138E
O
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F6, F125 P
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F4

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.

EC-489
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F125, F6
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

14.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 62, 79, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F6, F125
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-490, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639591

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.

EC-490
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
A
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
EC
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
4. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor. C
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
PBIB0847E
6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
D
7. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure. E
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. F
10. Turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical
discharge from the ignition coils.
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be G
BBIA0534E
checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. H
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark I
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded part.

Spark should be generated. J

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock K
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage PBIB2325E

becomes 20kV or more.

• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken. L
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
M
CONDENSER-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. N

Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

O

PBIB0794E

EC-491
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639592

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-29.

EC-492
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639593

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the EC

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C

BBIA0564E E

H
PBIB2657E

EC-493
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639594

MBWA1323E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-494
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
[Engine is running] C
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
• Warm-up condition
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639595

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION F

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground with CON- G
SULT-III or tester.

Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V H

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. I

PBIB1188E J
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-139, "Ground Inspection".
L

MBIB1218E

O
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 P
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC-495
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0564E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB1872E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG

EC-496
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. A
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-132. D
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace. E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639596

F
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to ATC-164, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" or MTC-108, "Removal and
Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor".
G

EC-497
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
VIAS
Description INFOID:0000000001639597

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature VIAS control VIAS control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

PBIB1822E

When the engine is running at medium speed, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes
the power valve.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the total length of passage A and pas-
sage B. This long intake manifold provides increased amount of intake air, which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque.
When engine is running at low or high speed, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve and the power valve is opened.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the length of passage B. This short-
ened intake manifold length results in enhanced engine output due to reduced suction resistance under high
speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve

EC-498
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys- A
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
EC
valve.

BBIA0569E

D
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the E
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator. F

G
BBIA0569E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639598 H

Specification data are reference values.

I
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
2,200 - 3,300 rpm ON
VIAS S/V • Engine: After warming up
Except above conditions OFF J

EC-499
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639599

MBWA1320E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-500
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Idle speed (11 - 14V)
29 GR VIAS control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Between 2,200 and 3,300 0 - 1.0V C
rpm
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] D
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] F
120 P (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639600

G
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and make
sure that power valve actuator (1) rod moves. I

MBIB1282E

L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to between 2,200 and 3,300 rpm and make sure M
that power valve actuator (1) rod moves.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END N
NG (With CONSULT-III) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-III) >>GO TO 3.
O

MBIB1282E P
2.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
With CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

EC-501
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions.

VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum

ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist.
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
PBIB0845E
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-96, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.

SEF109L

5.CHECK VACUUM TANK

Refer to EC-504, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.
6.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-502
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A

EC

BBIA0569E

D
4. Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
NG >> GO TO 7.

G
PBIB0173E

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
I
• Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors. J

8.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE N

Refer to EC-504, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to EC-132.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-503
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639601

VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

VIAS SOL VALVE between A and B between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

JMBIA0180ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

Condition
between A and B between A and C
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
PBIB2532E

VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum tank.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B.

MBIB1314E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639602

VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-17.

EC-504
 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639603

EC

P
MBWA1326E

EC-505
 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]

MBWA1327E

EC-506
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000001639604

EC
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000001639605

C

Target idle speed No load* (in P or N position) 625±50 rpm

Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 775 rpm or more D
Ignition timing In P or N position 15 ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions:
E
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
F
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000001639606

G
Condition Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
At idle 5 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 5 - 35 H

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000001639607

I
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 0.9 - 1.2V*
J
2.0 - 6.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
7.0 - 20.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
K
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000001639608

L
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359 M

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000001639609

N
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
O
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
P
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000001639610

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω

EC-507
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 1]
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000001639611

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 9.9 - 13.3Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000001639612

Refer to EC-238, "Component Inspection".

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000001639613

Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection".

Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000001639614

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000001639615

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.5Ω

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000001639616

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 0.2 - 5.0Ω

EC-508
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

SERVICE INFORMATION A
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index (U1000-U1001) INFOID:0000000001639617
EC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612. C

DTC*1 Items
Reference page D
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-612

U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-612 E

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
F

DTC No. Index (P0000-P0223) INFOID:0000000001830879

G
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.
H
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
CONSULT-III ECM*2
I
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
J
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-614
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 EC-614
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-619 K
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-619
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-626
L
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-626
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-631
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC EC-631 M
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-638
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC EC-638
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
N
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P0327-P0605) INFOID:0000000001830880 O

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612. P

DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
CONSULT-III ECM*2
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-645
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-645

EC-509
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

DTC*1 Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
P0332 0332 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-645
P0333 0333 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-645
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-650
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-656
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-656
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-665
P0605 0605 ECM EC-670
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1031-P1136) INFOID:0000000001830881

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.

DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms)
CONSULT-III ECM*2
P1031 1031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-672
P1032 1032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-672
P1051 1051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-672
P1052 1052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-672
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-679
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-683
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-690
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-693
P1124 1124 ETC MOT PWR EC-699
P1126 1126 ETC MOT PWR EC-699
P1128 1128 ETC MOT EC-704
P1136 1136 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 EC-683
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1211-P1286) INFOID:0000000001830882

NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.

DTC*1 Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-708
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-709
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-710
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING EC-719
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING EC-721
P1229 1229 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-723

EC-510
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

DTC*1 Items
Reference page A
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM*
P1271 1271 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-730
P1272 1272 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-738 EC
P1276 1276 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-746
P1281 1281 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-730
C
P1282 1282 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-738
P1286 1286 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-746
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. D
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P1564-P1805) INFOID:0000000001830883

E
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612. F

DTC*1 Items
Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) G
CONSULT-III ECM*2
P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-754
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-760
H
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-533
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-767
P1715 1715 IN PLUY SPEED EC-772 I
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-773
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
J
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

DTC No. Index (P2122-P2138) INFOID:0000000001830884

K
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.
L

DTC*1 Items
Reference page
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms)
ECM* M
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-778
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-778
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-784 N
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-784
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR EC-791
O
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-798
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P

EC-511
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000001639619

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000001639620

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-69.
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000001639621

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega-
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H

EC-512
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to A
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. C
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB1164E
- Freeze frame data D
- 1st trip freeze frame data
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely
with levers as far as they will go as shown at right.
E

G
PBIB1512E

H
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin I
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt- J
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal- K
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. L
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-572, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. M
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. N
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS). O
MEF040D

EC-513
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.

SEF348N

• B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown in

the figure.

SEC893C

EC-514
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
- Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) A
- Fuel pressure regulator (2)
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
EC

MBIB1285E

D
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily. E
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

G
SEF709Y

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to H

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con- I
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
J
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. K
SEF708Y

Wiring Diagram and Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000001639622

L
When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following:
• GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagram"
• PG-4 for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: M
• GI-10, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis"
• GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
N

EC-515
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000001639623

Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor

Heated oxygen sensor with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
wrench

S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor

Heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
wrench

S-NT636

KV109E0010 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester

Break-out box

S-NT825

KV109E0080 Measuring the ECM signals with a circuit tester

Y-cable adapter

S-NT826

KV101118400 Measuring fuel pressure

Fuel tube adapter

PBIB3043E

EC-516
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000001639624

Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Remove fuel tube quick connectors in engine EC
lease room

PBIC0198E D
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
E

F
S-NT653

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-

ture sensor G

S-NT705
I
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco- J
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
K
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads. L
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
M

S-NT779

EC-517
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic INFOID:0000000001639625

MBIB1265E

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000001639626

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-518
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
EC

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas C
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position & mixture ratio Fuel injector D
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage*3 E
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

F
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. G
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined I
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION J
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
K
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration L
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
• High-load, high-speed operation M
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation N
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
O

PBIB3020E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air

EC-519
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-730. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation
• Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up
• After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
• When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF179U

Two types of systems are used.

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.

EC-520
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- A
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
Electronic Ignition (EI) System INFOID:0000000001639627
EC
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position E
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
F
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage*2
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
G

*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1-2-3-4-5-6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the I
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Comput-
ing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in J
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up K
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
L
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. M
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000001639628

N
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

O
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature P
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

EC-521
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
speed is over 1,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-518, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) Sys-
tem".

EC-522
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
Input/Output Signal Chart INFOID:0000000001639629

EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner D

Air conditioner relay
cut control
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure E
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
F
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

System Description INFOID:0000000001639630 G

This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF. H
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. I
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. J

EC-523
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description INFOID:0000000001639631

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Electric throttle control
ASCD vehicle speed control
Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position actuator

Combination meter Vehicle speed*

TCM Powertrain revolution*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 175 km/h (109 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 175 km/h (109
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• VDC system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by depressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
EC-524
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition A
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions
EC
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 175 km/h (109 MPH)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639632

C
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-754.
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH D
Refer to EC-760 and EC-805.
STOP LAMP SWITCH E
Refer to EC-760, EC-773 and EC-805.
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EC-690, EC-693, EC-699 and EC-704. F
ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-811.
G

EC-525
 CAN COMMUNICATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description INFOID:0000000001639633

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-48, "CAN Communication Signal Chart for Gasoline Engine Models", about CAN communication
for detail.

EC-526
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639634

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

G
PBIB1631E

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel H
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
I
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. J
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
K

EC-527
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

PBIB2774E

EC-528
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

BBIA0635E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639635 P

EVAP CANISTER

EC-529
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C.
3. Release blocked port B.
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C.
5. Block port A and B.
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.

PBIB2568E

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF445Y

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 -

0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.060 to −0.033 bar, −
0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incor- SEF943S
rect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-820.
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-825.

EC-530
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639636

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

G
SEC921C

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. H

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
I
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meetthe requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hoseconnection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.

M
PBIB1588E

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639637

N
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through O
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
P

PBIB1589E

EC-531
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any
hosecannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

S-ET277

EC-532
 NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639638

• If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or “NATS MALFUNC- EC
TION” is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT-III using NATS program card. Refer to BL-202.
• Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. C
• When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must
be carried out with CONSULT-III using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedures of NATS initial- D
ization and and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual, NATS.

EC-533
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Introduction INFOID:0000000001639639

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:

Emission-related diagnostic information

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
1st trip Freeze Frame
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
CONSULT-III × × × ×
ECM × ×* — —

*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-557,
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000001639640

When a malfunction is detected for the 1st time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-557, "Fail-Safe Chart"), the DTC
is stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Emission-Related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000001639641

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

Items DTC*1
Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III ECM*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*3 2 — EC-612

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*3 2 — EC-612

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 2 × EC-614
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 2 × EC-614

EC-534
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Items DTC*1
Trip MIL Reference page A
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III ECM*2
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 0102 1 × EC-619
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0103 0103 1 × EC-619 EC
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 2 × EC-626
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 2 × EC-626
C
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0122 0122 1 × EC-631
TP SEN 2/CIRC P0123 0123 1 × EC-631
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0222 0222 1 × EC-638 D
TP SEN 1/CIRC P0223 0223 1 × EC-638
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 2 — EC-645
E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 2 — EC-645
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 2 — EC-645
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 2 — EC-645 F
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 2 × EC-650
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 2 × EC-656
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 2 × EC-656 G
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 2 — EC-665
ECM P0605 0605 1 or 2 × or — EC-670 H
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1031 1031 2 × EC-672
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P1032 1032 2 × EC-672
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P1051 1051 2 × EC-672 I
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P1052 1052 2 × EC-672
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 2 × EC-679
J
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 2 × EC-683
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 1 × EC-690
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 1 × EC-693 K
ETC MOT PWR P1124 1124 1 × EC-699
ETC MOT PWR P1126 1126 1 × EC-699
L
ETC MOT P1128 1128 1 × EC-704
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P1136 1136 2 × EC-683
TCS C/U FUNCTN P1211 1211 2 — EC-708 M
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 2 — EC-709
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 1 × EC-710
CTP LEARNING P1225 1225 2 — EC-719
N

CTP LEARNING P1226 1226 2 — EC-721

SENSOR POWER/CIRC P1229 1229 1 × EC-723 O
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1271 1271 2 × EC-730
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1272 1272 2 × EC-738
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P1276 1276 2 × EC-746 P
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1281 1281 2 × EC-730
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1282 1282 2 × EC-738
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P1286 1286 2 × EC-746
ASCD SW P1564 1564 1 — EC-754
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 1 — EC-760

EC-535
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Items DTC*1
Trip MIL Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) CONSULT-III ECM*2
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 2 — EC-533
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 2 × EC-767
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 2 — EC-772
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 1 × EC-773
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 1 × EC-778
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 1 × EC-778
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 1 × EC-784
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 1 × EC-784
TP SENSOR P2135 2135 1 × EC-791
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 1 × EC-798
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC need CONSULT-III.

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory
even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-551, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then per-
form DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the mal-
function is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III Examples: P0117, P0340, P1065, etc.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, 1065, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many
times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

EC-536
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake A
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III. For
EC
details, see EC-580, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once C
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- D
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION".
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION E
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-III
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF- F
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. G
2. Turn CONSULT-III ON and touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
WITHOUT CONSULT-III H
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. I
Refer to EC-537, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. J
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data K
- 1st trip freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
L
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000001639642

DESCRIPTION M
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. N
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-32, or see EC-884.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has O
detected an engine system malfunction.

P
SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

EC-537
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function

Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
One trip detection diagnoses will light up the MIL in the 1st
trip.
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS

Engine stopped

When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-538
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
A

EC

PBIB0092E

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) D

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II
(Self-diagnostic Results)".
E
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
F
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-32
or see EC-884.
G
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

MIL Condition H
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
I
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. J
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- K
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a
code.
L

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.

EC-539
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-509)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to "How
to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

EC-540
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000001639643

1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G

I
SEF976U

J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L

M
SEF977U

2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. N

>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. P

EC-541
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-545, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)

PBIA8513J

Without CONSULT-III
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-545, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-545, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-545, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

EC-542
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) A

A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. EC
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-656.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-650.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
E
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but F
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
G

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING H
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-545, "Idle
Speed and Ignition Timing Check". I

M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)

A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11. K

BBIA0531E
L
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". M

>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING N

Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".

O
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning". P
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
EC-543
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Refer to EC-545, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-545, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 625± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-545, "Idle
Speed and Ignition Timing Check".

M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)

A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.

BBIA0531E

16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-656.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-650.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".

>> GO TO 4.

EC-544
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check INFOID:0000000001639644

A
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III EC
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
Check idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension C
wire with installed between No.1 ignition coil and No.1 spark plug.
NOTE:
For the method of installing the tachometer, refer to "IGNITION TIMING". D
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A E
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.

BBIA0530E

I
2. Check ignition timing.

L
BBIA0531E

Method B
1. Remove No. 4 ignition coil. M

BBIA0586E P

EC-545
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Connect No. 4 ignition coil and No. 4 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.

BBIA0533E

SEF166Y

3. Check ignition timing.

BBIA0531E

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning INFOID:0000000001639645

DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000001639646

DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.

EC-546
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000001639647
EC
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: C
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
D
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle) E
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• PNP switch: ON
• Electric load switch: OFF F
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up G
- A/T models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SE 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indi-
cates less than 0.9V. H
• Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
I
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
J
1. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. L
7. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to
the Diagnostic Procedure below. M
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
N
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) O
Ignition timing M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
P
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".

EC-547
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, then turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.

SEC897C

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.

ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE-
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-595.
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000001639648

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.

EC-548
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. A

Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. EC
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. C
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
D

BBIA0534E E
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. F
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
G
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum. H
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because R51 models do not have fuel return system. I
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube
adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A. J
• : To quick connector
• : To fuel tube (engine side)
• C: Clamp K
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NIS-
SAN fuel hose without quick connector).
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moder-
ately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check. L
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with dam-
age or cracks on it. PBIB2982E
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure. M
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-32.
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube N
(engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure.
• No.2 spool (5)
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline. O
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
(3) and No.1 spool (4).
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the P
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710
or 16439 40U00).
PBIB2983E
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).

EC-549
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)

• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector.
• A: Fuel pressure gauge
• B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. MBIB1384E
Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
11. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.

EC-550
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000001639649

INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D

E
MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.

SEF233G
I

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the WORK FLOW on "WORK FLOW".
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on "Worksheet Sample" should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

EC-551
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Overall Sequence

PBIB3637E

Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET".

>> GO TO 2.

EC-552
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to EC-534, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-558.) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. G

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis I
results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again.
At this time, always connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time on “DATA L
MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)”.
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-556, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE: M
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
N
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check.
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure.
O
Is DTC*1 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-603.
P
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-541, "Basic Inspection".

With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.

EC-553
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

7.PERFORM DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP
value using CONSULT-III “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode. Refer to EC-595, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-595.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-558, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.

>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-589, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode", EC-572, "ECM
Terminal and Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-534, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".

>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM.
(Refer to EC-534, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description

EC-554
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- A
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
EC
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
C

SEF907L

EC-555
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Worksheet Sample

LEC031A

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000001639650

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 and/or U1001 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-612.

EC-556
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
EC
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
• P0605 ECM
• P1229 Sensor power supply
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch D
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 • P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P1031 P1032 P1051 P1052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater E
• P1065 ECM power supply
• P1111 P1136 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P1122 Electric throttle control function
• P1124 P1126 P1128 Electric throttle control actuator F
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1271 P1272 P1276 P1281 P1282 P1286 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P1805 Brake switch
G
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control
• P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
• P1211 TCS control unit
• P1212 TCS communication line H
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1715 Turbine revolution sensor
I
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000001639651

When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103 K
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal L
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P1121 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring M
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) N
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) O
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T), neutral position (M/T) and engine speed
will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P
P1122 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1124 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1126 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-557
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
malfunction on engine control system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as
NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means
of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the malfunction.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000001639652

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-833
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-548
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-827
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-527
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-531
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-541
EC-690,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-693

EC-558
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-541 F
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-859
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-604
G
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-619
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-626
EC-730, H
3
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor EC-738,
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-746
EC-631, I
EC-638,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-719,
EC-721,
2 2 EC-791 J
EC-723,
EC-778,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-784, K
EC-798
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-645
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-650 L
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-656
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-883
M
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-665
EC-670,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-679
N
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-683
cuit
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-767
O
VIAS control solenoid valve circuit 1 EC-876
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-871
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-814 P
ATC-35,
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
MTC-31
BRC-10,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-50
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-559
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel tank FL-5
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-3
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-13
Air cleaner EM-13
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-13
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-14
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-14,
Collector/Gasket EM-17
Cranking Battery SC-3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-12
Starter circuit 3 SC-27
1
Signal plate 6 EM-100
MT-12, AT-
PNP switch 4
99
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-84
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-100
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

EC-560
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Valve Timing chain EM-49 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-68
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-49
G
Intake valve
3 EM-84
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ H
Gasket EM-19, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-24, LU- I
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 11, LU-8,
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-9
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-5 J
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-13
Thermostat 5 CO-29
K
Water pump CO-24
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 CO-31
Cooling fan 5 CO-22 L
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat-
5 CO-9
ed coolant
EC-533 or M
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft system) 1 1
BL-202
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
N

EC-561
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001639653

MBIB1270E

1. ECM 2. Refrigerant pressure sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator

4. Power steering pressure sensor 5. Power valve actuator 6. Cooling fan motor
7. VIAS control solenoid valve 8. EVAP canister purge volume control 9. Intake valve timing control solenoid
solenoid valve valve (bank 2)
10. Mass air flow sensor 11. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 12. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(with intake air temperature sensor) and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
13. Fuel injector (bank 2) 14. Knock sensors 15. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1)
16. Engine coolant temperature sensor 17. Fuel injector (bank 1) 18. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
and spark plug (bank 1)
19. Intake valve timing control solenoid 20. IPDM E/R
valve (bank 1)

EC-562
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

L
MBIB1271E

: Vehicle front M
1. Mass air flow sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. Electric throttle control actuator
4. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 5. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 6. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2)
harness connector harness connector harness connector N

EC-563
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBIB1272E

: Vehicle front
1. EVAP canister purge volume control 2. EVAP canister 3. EVAP control system pressure sen-
solenoid valve sor
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. Throttle valve
7. Electric throttle control actuator 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid 9. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

EC-564
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

PBIB2530E

MBIB1273E
N
: Vehicle front
1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
O
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 5. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) 6. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector harness connector

EC-565
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBIB1274E

: Vehicle front
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. IPDM E/R 3. Fuel pump fuse (15A)
harness connector
4. ECM harness connectors 5. Fuel injector (bank 1) 6. Fuel injector (bank 2)
harness connector harness connector
7. Knock sensor (bank 2) 8. Knock sensor (bank 1)

EC-566
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

L
MBIB1275E

: Vehicle front M
1. ASCD brake switch 2. Stop lamp switch 3. Condenser-1
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor harness
(bank 1) (bank 2) connector N
7. Power valve actuator 8. VIAS control solenoid valve

EC-567
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBIB1276E

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
4. ASCD steering switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. SET/COAST switch
7. MAIN switch 8. CANCEL switch 9. Cooling fan control motor harness
connector
10. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 11. Fuel pressure regulator

EC-568
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000001639654

EC

PBIB2529E

Refer to EC-518, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System. P

EC-569
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000001639655

MBWA1272E

EC-570
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

MBWA1273E

EC-571
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001639656

MBIB0045E

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001639657

PREPARATION
1. ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind reser-
voir tank.
2. Remove ECM harness connector.

BBIA0537E

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-572
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed

Approximately 5V
C

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1) D
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E
E
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V F

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W G
(Close) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E H
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] I

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B
(Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
J
PBIB1105E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the K
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 L
6 R and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE M
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
N
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V O
Intake valve timing control
10 W
solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition P
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

PBIB1790E

EC-573
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V
Intake valve timing control
11 V
solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned

Approximately 10V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
PBIB1041E
Crankshaft position sensor
13 G
(POS)
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB1042E

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E

14 Y
(PHASE) (bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB1040E

Knock sensor [Engine is running]

15 W Approximately 2.5V
(bank 1) • Idle speed

EC-574
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
16 SB Approximately 3.1V EC
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] D
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm E
at idle

21 W Fuel injector No. 5 SEC984C

22 LG Fuel injector No. 3 F
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
G
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
H

SEC985C

Approximately 5V I

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G
(Bank 2)
• Warm-up condition J
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E K
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met L
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load M
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V) N
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Idle speed (11 - 14V)
O
29 GR VIAS control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Between 2,200 and 3,300 0 - 1.0V
rpm
EVAP control system pres-
P
32 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor

EC-575
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E

33 L
(PHASE) (bank 1)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

PBIB1040E

Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature sen-
34 BR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sor
air temperature.
Knock sensor [Engine is running]
36 W Approximately 2.5V
(bank 2) • Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

40 V Fuel injector No. 6 SEC984C

41 R Fuel injector No. 4
42 O Fuel injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

SEC985C

EC-576
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting

D
SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume
45 P
control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine) F

SEC991C G
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
Sensor power supply H
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply I
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
J
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON] K
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
L
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
M
• Idle speed
51 P Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running] 0.9 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being in- N
rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm)
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the O
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 P
minute under no load
57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

EC-577
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
60 V Ignition signal No. 5 SEC986C
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1 0.1 - 0.4V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

SEC987C

[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
68 V (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant temperature
73 Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-578
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE A
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.2V EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
79 P Ignition signal No. 6 SEC986C D
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
81 G Ignition signal No. 2 0.1 - 0.4V

E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F
SEC987C

[Engine is running]
82 B
Sensor ground
• Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
G
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground H
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V - Battery volt-
85 SB Data link connector
• CONSULT-III: Disconnected age (11 - 14V) I
Approximately 1.1 - 2.3V
86 P CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
J
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply K
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
Approximately 2.6 - 3.2V
94 L CAN communication line [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with the
communication status.
L
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released M
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed N
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 4.0V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON] O
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
P
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed

EC-579
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
G (A/T) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
102 PNP switch
O (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except above position (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
113 V Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 B • Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 V [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000001639658

FUNCTION

EC-580
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Diagnostic test mode Function A

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data EC
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other C
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
CAN diagnostic support mon-
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
itor D
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. E
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes F
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data G

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

H

EC-581
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RE-
SULTS DATA
Item DATA
WORK MONI- ACTIVE
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TOR TEST
DTC*1 FRAME DA- TOR
(SPEC)
TA*2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Wheel sensor × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × ×
INPUT

Knock sensor ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor × ×
Closed throttle position switch (accelerator
× ×
pedal position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Stop lamp switch × × ×
Power steering pressure sensor × × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Load signal × ×
ASCD steering switch × × ×
ASCD brake switch × × ×
× × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Fuel injector
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × ×
Throttle control motor relay × × ×
Throttle control motor ×
Air conditioner relay × ×
OUTPUT

Fuel pump relay × × × ×

Cooling fan relay × × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × × ×

VIAS control solenoid valve × × ×

X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data".

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
If CONSULT-III is used with no connection of CONSULT-III CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.

EC-582
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and CONSULT-III CONVERTER to data A
link connector (1), which is located under LH dash panel near
the hood opener handle.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-III/GST C
Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit".
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service
procedure. MBIB1283E
D
For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
E
Work Item

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

F
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure from
ING IDLING. fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
G
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of
H
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed I
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. J

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item K
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-534, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
L
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
DIAG TROUBLE M
• The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
CODE
EC-509.)
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. N
• One mode in the following is displayed.
“Mode2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 “Mode3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
“Mode4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control O
“Mode5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F] P
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] ule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

EC-583
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
VEHICL SPEED [km/
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
h] or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
• The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
×: Applicable

ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor • When the engine is stopped, a certain
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
is displayed. value is indicated.
• Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection
B/FUEL SCHDL
× pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
[msec]
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × • When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × correction factor per cycle is indicated. • This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant tempera-
• The engine coolant temperature (determined ture sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × by the signal voltage of the engine coolant tem- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
[°C] or [°F]
perature sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] × × • The A/F signal computed from the input signal
A/F SEN1 (B2) [V] × of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S2 (B1) [V] × • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor
HO2S2 (B2) [V] × 2 is displayed.

HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:

×
[RICH/LEAN] RICH: Means the amount of oxygen after three
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) value is indicated.
× LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen after three
[RICH/LEAN] way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE
× × speed signal sent from combination meter is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
BATTERY VOLT [V] × × • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] × × • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] × voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
THRTL SEN 1 [V] × × • THRTL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
THRTL SEN 2 [V] × displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.

EC-584
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT A
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
• The intake air temperature (determined by the EC
INT/A TEMP SE
× × signal voltage of the intake air temperature
[°C] or [°F]
sensor) is indicated.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] comput- • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL
× × ed by the ECM according to the signals of en- played regardless of the starter sig-
C
[ON/OFF]
gine speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS D
× × ECM according to the accelerator pedal posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion sensor signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG
× × tioner switch as determined by the air condi- E
[ON/OFF]
tioner signal.
P/N POSI SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/
× ×
[ON/OFF] neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
F
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering sys-
PW/ST SIGNAL tem (determined by the signal voltage of the
× ×
[ON/OFF] power steering pressure sensor signal) is indi-
cated. G
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electri-
cal load signal.
LOAD SIGNAL
× ×
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/ H
[ON/OFF] or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and
lighting switch are OFF.
I
IGNITION SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
×
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater
× J
[ON/OFF] fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
×
[ON/OFF] lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1
K
× • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
[msec] • When the engine is stopped, a certain
compensated by ECM according to the input
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
signals.
[msec] L
IGN TIMING [BT- • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
×
DC] according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con- M
trol solenoid valve control value computed by
PURG VOL C/V [%] the ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
N
creases.
INT/V TIM (B1)
[°CA] • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced
angle. O
INT/V TIM (B2)
[°CA]
INT/V SOL (B1) [%] • The control condition of the intake valve timing
control solenoid valve (determined by ECM ac- P
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) [%] • The advance angle becomes larger as the val-
ue increases.

EC-585
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
• The control condition of the VIAS control sole-
noid valve (determined by ECM according to
VIAS S/V the input signals) is indicated.
[ON/OFF] ON: VIAS control solenoid valve is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve is not operat-
ing.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (de-
AIR COND RLY
× termined by ECM according to the input sig-
[ON/OFF]
nals) is indicated.
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY
× determined by ECM according to the input sig-
[ON/OFF]
nals.
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY
× condition determined by the ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals.
• The control condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals)
COOLING FAN is indicated.
×
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI: High speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according
HO2S2 HTR (B2) to the input signals.
[ON/OFF]
I/P PULLY SPD • Indicates the engine speed computed from the
[rpm] turbine revolution sensor signal.
VEHICLE SPEED • Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the
[km/h] or [MPH] revolution sensor signal.
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been
IDL A/V LEARN
performed yet.
[YET/CMPLT]
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already
been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
• Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
[km] or [mile]
A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
[%] computed by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
A/F S1 HTR (B2) • The current flow to the heater becomes larger
[%] as the value increases.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pres-
AC PRESS SEN [V]
sure sensor is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
[km/h] or [mph] speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD
• The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
MAIN SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
CANCEL SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/
[ON/OFF] ACCELERATE switch signal.

EC-586
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ECM
MAIN
Monitored item INPUT A
SIG- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS
NALS
SET SW • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/ EC
[ON/OFF] COAST switch signal.
BRAKE SW1 • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD
[ON/OFF] brake switch signal.
C
BRAKE SW2 • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp
[ON/OFF] switch signal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. D
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
VHCL SPD CUT set speed.
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively
high compared with the ASCD set speed, and E
ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT set speed.
F
[NON/CUT] CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off. G
AT OD MONITOR • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D ac-
[ON/OFF] cording to the input signal from the TCM.
AT OD CANCEL • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D can- H
[ON/OFF] cel signal sent from the TCM.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP
determined by the ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF] I
signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp de-
SET LAMP
termined by the ECM according to the input
[ON/OFF] J
signals.
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec], • Only # is displayed if item is unable to
[Hz] or [%]
K
be measured.
DUTY-HI • Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width • Figures with #s are temporary ones.
measured by the probe. They are the same figures as an ac-
DUTY-LOW tual piece of data which was just pre- L
PLS WIDTH-HI viously measured.

PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE: M
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE N

Monitored Item

ECM O
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
• Indicates the engine speed computed
P
from the signal of the crankshaft position
ENG SPEED [rpm] × ×
sensor (POS) and camshaft position
sensor (PHASE).
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow • When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.

EC-587
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
• Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel in-
B/FUEL SCHDL jection pulse width programmed into • When engine is running specification
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
• When engine is running specification
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] range is indicated.
× back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] • This data also includes the data for the
cated.
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
• Harness and connectors
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch: OFF
POWER BAL- • Fuel injector
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE • Power transistor
(M/T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal
• Ignition coil
one at a time using CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan HI, LOW and Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan motor
OFF using CONSULT-III. • IPDM E/R
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay ON and
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
OFF using CONSULT-III and lis-
ten to operating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve ON and OFF Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS SOL VALVE
with CONSULT-III and listen for sound. • Solenoid valve
operating sound.
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.

EC-588
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
A
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-III has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” EC
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
• The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-III screen in real time.
C
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by
ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed
to “Recording Data ... xx%” as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. D
Then when the percentage reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is
touched on the screen during “Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIG- E
GER POINT” and “Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-III OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
• DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-III screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM. F
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation
G
1. “AUTO TRIG”
• While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected. H
• While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-III should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, compo- I
nents and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st
trip DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-23, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".)
J
2. “MANU TRIG”
• If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-III to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for fur-
ther diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition. K

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639659

L
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
M
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
N
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-595.
O
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-595.
A/F ALPHA-B1
See EC-595.
A/F ALPHA-B2 P
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1)
• Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V
A/F SEN1 (B2)

EC-589
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 (B1) Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be- 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) quickly
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
• Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be- LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) quickly
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned. ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
lighting switch is OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INJ PULSE-B1
(M/T)
INJ PULSE-B2 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 13 - 18° BTDC
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
IGN TIMING (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25 - 45° BTDC
• No load

EC-590
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (Accelerator pedal is not depressed 0%
PURG VOL C/V (M/T) even slightly, after engine starting)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF EC
• No load 2,000 rpm —

• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA

• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V TIM (B1)
(M/T)
C
INT/V TIM (B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2% D
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL (B1)
(M/T)
INT/V SOL (B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load E
2,200 - 3,300 rpm ON
VIAS S/V • Engine: After warming up
Except above conditions OFF
F
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates) G
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF H
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less I
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature: Between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C J
HI
(221°F) or more
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up K
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF L
Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
speedometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the M
VEHICLE SPEED
indication. speedometer indication
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
N
A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR (B2)
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V O
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
SULT-III value. CONSULT-III value
P
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF

EC-591
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released ON
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
MAIN switch: pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40km/h (25MPH) and 175km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(109MPH)
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from
ECM terminals voltage signal.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639660

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T).
The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from ON to OFF.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL SEN 1”, “HO2S2 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1”
when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.

EC-592
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A

EC

PBIB2445E F

EC-593
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

PBIB2099E

EC-594
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639661

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” EC
mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MON-
ITOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E

Testing Condition INFOID:0000000001639662

F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Engine speed: Idle
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID H
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight I
ahead.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000001639663
J
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-541, "Basic Inspection". K
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR
L
(SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-595, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639664

OVERALL SEQUENCE N

EC-595
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

PBIB2268E

EC-596
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

PBIB2548E

DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-595, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
NOTE:

EC-597
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-548, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-548, "Fuel Pressure Check".
GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check the following.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-833.)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-548.)
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

EC-598
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

>> GO TO 8. A
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine. EC
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST D
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

1. Check the following.

- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-859.)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-827.) G
- Intake air leakage
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-84, "On-Vehicle Service".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. H
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.)

>> GO TO 11. I
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine. J
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION L
Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P1271, P1281, refer to EC-730, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• For DTC P1272, P1282, refer to EC-738, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". M
• For DTC P1276, P1286, refer to EC-746, "Overall Function Check".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. N
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC. O

>> GO TO 14.
P
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END

EC-599
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.

>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-558, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.

EC-600
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again. A

>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” EC

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the
C
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-619. D
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” E
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM G
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function". H
3. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning". I

>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM J

Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element K
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” M

Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. N
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27. O
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
EC-601
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.

>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-558, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-558, "Symptom Matrix Chart".

EC-602
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639665

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation D
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
E
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639666

1.INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-534, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".

>> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection". I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", "INCIDENT SIMULATION K
TESTS".
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-603
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639667

MBWA1274E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-604
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
C
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF D
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF E
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

EC-605
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBWA1275E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-606
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground
• Idle speed
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground C
116 B • Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639668

D
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.
No >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. G
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> GO TO 3.

J
MBIB0015E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. K
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Fuse block (J/B) connector M88
• 10A fuse L
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors. M

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection". N

MBIB1218E

EC-607
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector E12 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-859.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB2658E

8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO PBIB1630E
11.

EC-608
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
EC
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11.
D

PBIB1191E

10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V E

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4. F
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. G

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. H
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. L
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R. M
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. N
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS O
1. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

EC-609
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000001639669

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.

EC-610
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye- A
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-23, "Ground Distribution".
EC

PBIB1870E
G

EC-611
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000001639670

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639671

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
U1000 • ECM cannot communicate to other control
1000 • Harness or connectors
CAN communication units.
(CAN communication line is open or
U1001 line • ECM cannot communicate for more than the
shorted)
1001 specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639672

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-613, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-612
 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639673

EC

MBWA1276E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639674

Go to LAN-48, "CAN Communication Signal Chart for Gasoline Engine Models".

EC-613
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000001639675

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line

PBIB1102E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639676

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V TIM (B1)
(M/T)
INT/V TIM (B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL (B1)
(M/T)
INT/V SOL (B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load

EC-614
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639677

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name EC
P0011 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
0011 • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(Bank 1) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve C
Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0021 control performance phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
0021 • Timing chain installation
(Bank 2) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in- D
take valve timing control

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode. E

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function. F

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639678

CAUTION: G
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P1111 or P1136, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC H
P1111 or P1136. Refer to EC-683.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
L
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S 60 - 120°C (140 - 248°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec
M

P or N position (A/T)
Selector lever
Neutral position (M/T)
N
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go toEC-616, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
P
ENG SPEED 1,700 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)

EC-615
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-616, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639679

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 11 [IVT control solenoid valve (bank 1) signal] or 10 [IVT con-
trol solenoid valve (bank 2) signal] and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.

Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)

7V - 12V

2,500 rpm PBIB1646E

PBIB1790E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
7. If NG, go to EC-616, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639680

1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
KG >> Go to LU-5, "Inspection".

PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-617, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".
EC-616
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. A
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
EC
Refer to EC-663, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. C
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following. D
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. F

G
SEC905C

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION H

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service vecords that may cuuse timing chain misaligned?
Yes or No I
Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49.
No >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT J
Refer to EM-69, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L
Refer to EC-603.
For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-652 for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-658 for CMP sensor (PHASE).
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639681
N
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. O

EC-617
 DTC P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E

4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid

valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
PBIB2275E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639682

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-49.

EC-618
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639683

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, electric current is supplied to hot wire is changed to main-
tain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM D
detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639684

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-595. G

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639685

H
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name I
• Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks J
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor
K

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. L

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. M

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639686

NOTE: N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 O

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. P
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-619
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-622, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-620
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639687

EC

MBWA1279E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-621
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
51 P Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running] 0.9 - 1.2 to Approximately 2.4V
• Warm-up condition (Check for linear voltage rise in
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 response to engine being in-
rpm creased to about 4,000 rpm)
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639688

1.INSPECTION START
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

EC-622
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

: Vehicle front A
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0541E G

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester. H

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
J

PBIB1597E

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E9, F4
L
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
O
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 51.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC-623
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639689

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.

Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-624
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 51 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground. A

Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 EC
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
0.9 - 1.2
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
C

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm. PBIB1106E

D
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element E
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again. F
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. G
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639690

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

Refer to EM-13.

EC-625
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639691

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature

Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
-10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 73 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639692

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0117 sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
perature sensor cir-
0118 sent to ECM.
cuit high input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

EC-626
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode A

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
EC
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)

Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) C
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) D
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while
engine is running.
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639693

NOTE: F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. H
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-628, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. J
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-628, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-627
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639694

MBWA1281E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639695

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
EC-628
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
BBIA0542E

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with K

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power M
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E N
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-629
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-630, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639696

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E

<Reference data>

Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF012P

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639697

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-31.

EC-630
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639698

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639699

F
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

G
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. H

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639700

I
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 2 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) K
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) L

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 N
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639701

NOTE: P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

EC-631
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-632
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639702

EC

P
MBWA1282E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-633
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639703

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

EC-634
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A

EC

BBIA0543E

D
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. F
NG >> GO TO 3.

G
PBIB2604E

3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
K
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
L
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-633
M
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-786
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. N
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-789, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. P
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-635
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 66.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-636, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639704

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T).

EC-636
 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi- A
tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage EC

50 Fully released More than 0.36V
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
C
69 Fully released Less than 4.75V
(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1170E
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next D
step.
7. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
8. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639705

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

Refer to EM-14.

EC-637
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639706

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639707

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639708

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0222 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0222 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The TP sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
ed.)
(The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P0223 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0223 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor.
(APP sensor 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639709

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

EC-638
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-641, "Diagnosis Procedure". A

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-641, "Diagnosis Procedure". C

EC-639
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639710

MBWA1288E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-640
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped C
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON] D
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] F
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2 G
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed H
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639711

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
K

MBIB1218E
N
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
O
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

EC-641
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0543E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2604E

3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-640
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-786
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-789, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-642
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

>> INSPECTION END A

7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 66.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-643, "Component Inspection". I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. J
10.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
K
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

L
>> INSPECTION END
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603. M

>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639712

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR O

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON. P
4. Set selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T).

EC-643
 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

50 Fully released More than 0.36V

(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

69 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1170E
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step.
7. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
8. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639713

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-644
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639714

The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses EC

engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration
from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pres-
sure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
• : Vehicle front C

MBIB1311E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639715

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses. F

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0327 G
0327
(bank 1) Knock sensor circuit low in- An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0332 put is sent to ECM.
H
0332
(bank 2) • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 • Knock sensor
0328 I
(bank 1) Knock sensor circuit high in- An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0333 put is sent to ECM.
0333 J
(bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639716

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirmthat battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III M
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. O
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-647, "Diagnosis Procedure". P

EC-645
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639717

MBWA1289E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-646
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
15 W Knock sensor (bank 1) [Engine is running]
Approximately 2.5V
36 W Knock sensor (bank 2) • Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639718 C

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ECM terminals 15, 36 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE: E
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]

F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
H
1. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and knock
sensor (bank1) terminal 1, ECM terminal 36 and knock sensor I
(bank 2) terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG K
MBIB1311E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F29, F151 M
• Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
P
5.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

EC-647
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between knock sensor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F29, F151
• Harness connectors F2, E8
• Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short power in harness or connectors.

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639719

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 MΩ.

Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]

CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

SEF227W

EC-648
 DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639720

A
KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-100.
EC

EC-649
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639721

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
PBIB0562E
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2744E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639722

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer Almost the same speed as the tachometer
ENG SPEED
indication. indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639723

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
• Harness or connectors
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sor (POS) circuit • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine run-
ning.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639724

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
EC-650
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-653, "Diagnosis Procedure". A

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-653, "Diagnosis Procedure". C

EC-651
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639725

MBWA1290E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-652
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.

Approximately 10V
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: D
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Crankshaft position sensor PBIB1041E

E
13 G
(POS)
Approximately 10V

[Engine is running]
F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

G
PBIB1042E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] J
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639726 K

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

P
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

EC-653
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0590E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0664E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ECM
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (POS) and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

EC-654
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) EC

Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
8.CHECK GEAR TOOTH D
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639727

H
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. I
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
J

PBIB0563E
M
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

N
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ O
2 (+) - 3 (-)

P
PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639728

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EM-24.

EC-655
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639729

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
PBIB0562E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

PBIB2744E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639730

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the ta- Almost the same speed as the tachometer
ENG SPEED
chometer indication. indication.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639731

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0340 • Harness or connectors
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
0340 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
(Bank 1) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Camshaft position sen- • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
• Camshaft (Intake)
P0345 sor (PHASE) circuit during engine running.
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-27.)
0345 • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-27.)
(Bank 2) pattern during engine running.
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639732

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.

EC-656
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-661, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-661, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III C
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. D
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-661, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. E
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
7. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
F
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-661, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-657
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639733

BANK 1

MBWA1291E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-658
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.

1.0 - 4.0V
C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: D
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E

E
33 L
(PHASE) (bank 1)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

G
PBIB1040E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] H
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
BATTERY VOLTAGE I
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] J
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-659
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2

MBWA1292E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-660
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
Camshaft position sensor PBIB1039E
14 Y
(PHASE) (bank 2)
1.0 - 4.0V
E

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F

PBIB1040E

[Engine is running] G
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR H
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
I
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639734

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM K

Turn ignition switch to START position.

Does the engine turn over? L

Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No M
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-27.)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
O

MBIB1218E

EC-661
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0549E

3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

SEF481Y

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and ECM
• Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between CMP sensor (PHASE) and ground

EC-662
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 or 14 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-663, "Component Inspection". E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). F
9.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following. G
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
I

J
SEC905C

10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

K
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639735

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) M

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
N
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
O

PBIB0563E

EC-663
 DTC P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639736

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EM-68.

EC-664
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639737

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power EC

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the C
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
D

BBIA0552E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639738

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned. OFF G
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned. ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639739 H

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to I
EC-723.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
• Harness or connectors
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor K

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639740

L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-667, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
O
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. P
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-667, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-665
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639741

MBWA1296E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-666
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 P
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V C
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed D
Sensor power supply
68 V (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor) E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639742

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
G

MBIB1218E
J

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 K
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
M
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N

BBIA0552E

EC-667
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB1872E

3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and PSP sensor terminal 2.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR
Refer to EC-668, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639743

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-668
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground under the
following conditions. A

Condition Voltage
Steering wheel: Being turned. 0.5 - 4.5V EC
Steering wheel: Not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8V

MBIB0126E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639744

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR E

Refer to PS-33.

EC-669
 DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P0605 ECM
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639745

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIB1164E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639746

This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.

Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring.
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639747

Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
EC-670
 DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-III D
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. E
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Without CONSULT-III
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 to 2 for 32 times. G
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-671, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639748

I
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-670, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". K
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-537, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. M
See EC-670, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the 1st trip DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
N
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM O
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function". P
3. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-671
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000001639749

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
operating condition to keep the temperature of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 element at the specified range.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639750

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F S1 HTR (B1)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR (B2)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639751

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1031
1031 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heat-
1 heater control circuit low
P1051 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM er circuit is open or shorted.)
input
1051 through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)
P1032
1032 The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen- • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
sor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heat-
1 heater control circuit
P1052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM er circuit is shorted.)
high input
1052 through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639752

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
With CONSULT-III

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-676, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-676, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-672
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639753

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1297E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-673
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-674
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1298E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-675
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E

57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639754

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or Replace ground connections.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-676
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio sensor 1 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
E
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio sensor 1 and fuse
F
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 (bank 1) or 24 (bank 2) and air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor H
1 terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. I

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER K
Refer to EC-678, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
Perform EC-603.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. N
NG >> Repair or replace.
7.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
O
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. P
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-677
 DTC P1031, P1032, P1051, P1052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639755

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER

Check resistance between terminals 3 and 4.

Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 1, 2, 5, 6, terminals 4 and
1, 2, 5, 6.

Continuity should not exist.

If NG, replace the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust
system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
and approved anti-seize lubricant.

PBIB1684E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639756

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19.

EC-678
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639757

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch EC
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
C

PBIB1164E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639758

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is G
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639759

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times. K
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III L
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
M
3. Repeat steps 1 to 2 for 4 times.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. N
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-681, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-679
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639760

MBWA1299E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-680
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 V [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639761 C

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. E

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
G

MBIB0026E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.

• 20A fuse
• IPDM E/R harness connector E30 I
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

J
>> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. N
See EC-679, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III O
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-537, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. P
See EC-679, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
4. Is the 1st trip DTC 1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-681
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

5.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-682
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639762

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF EC

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow. C
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve D
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639763

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2% G
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
INT/V SOL (B1)
(M/T)
INT/V SOL (B2) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load H

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639764

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1111 J
1111 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
Intake valve timing control (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
P1136 solenoid valve circuit circuit is open or shorted.)
valve.
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
K
1136
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639765 L

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. N
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-687, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. P
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-687, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-683
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639766

BANK 1

MBWA1300E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-684
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition C
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V
D
Intake valve timing control
11 V
solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm E

PBIB1790E

F
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
G
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
H
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I

EC-685
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2

MBWA1301E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-686
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12V
C
Intake valve timing control
10 W
solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition D
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm

E
PBIB1790E

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V F
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni- G
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639767

I
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.

M
BBIA0553E

3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. N

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
P

PBIB0192E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4 (bank 1)
• Harness connectors F6, F125 (bank 1)
EC-687
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 (bank 1) or 10 (bank 2) and intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F125, F6 (bank 1)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and intake valve timing control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-688, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639768

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve as follows.

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist.)
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. PBIB0193E

EC-688
 DTC P1111, P1136 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
4. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger A
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE: C
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
PBIB2275E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639769

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

Refer to EM-49.

EC-689
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639770

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639771

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P1121 Electric throttle control
• Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in N or P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T) and engine speed will not exceed
1,000 rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639772

NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
4. Set shift lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
7. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
8. Set shift lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
10. Check DTC.
11. If DTC is detected, go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-690
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second. A
2. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. C
7. Set shift lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. D
10. Check DTC.
11. If DTC is detected, go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. F
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
G
4. Set shift lever to P or N position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. Check DTC. H
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Without CONSULT-III
I
1. Turn ignition witch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Set shift lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set shift lever to P or N position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T). J
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
6. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. K
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-691, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639773
L
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct. M
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
O

P
MBIB1313E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-691
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
>> INSPECTION END

EC-692
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639774

NOTE: EC
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121 or 1126, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121 or
P1126. Refer to EC-690 or EC-699.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. D
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639775

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors F
P1122 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
1122 performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring. I

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639776

NOTE: J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when the
engine is running.
WITH CONSULT-III L
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
M
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-695, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. N
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. O
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-695, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P

EC-693
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639777

MBWA1302E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-694
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V) C
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON] D

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
E
PBIB1104E

0 - 14V F

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B G
(Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V I
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639778 J

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

O
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C hi-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 P
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I

EC-695
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.

Ignition switch Voltage

OFF Approximately 0V
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E

3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB1171E

4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-696
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to EC-603.
OK or NG
D
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

G
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
5 Should not exist
5 H
4 Should exist
5 Should exist BBIA0543E
6
4 Should not exist I
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace.
10.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY K
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle M
control actuator inside.

MBIB1313E

11.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR O

Refer to EC-698, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
P
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 13.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

EC-697
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
13.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639779

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)]

3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

PBIB2606E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639780

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-698
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639781

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM. C

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639782

Specification data are reference values. D

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

E
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639783

F
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
• Harness or connectors
P1124 Throttle control motor ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1124 relay circuit short stuck ON. shorted) H
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
P1126 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
1126 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low. open) I
• Throttle control motor relay

FAIL-SAFE MODE J
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MlL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode K

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639784

L

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1124
TESTING CONDITION: N
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
With CONSULT-III
O
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-699
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P1126
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-702, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-700
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639785

EC

P
MBWA1303E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-701
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B
(Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639786

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 104 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB1171E

2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E17.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 104 and IPDM E/R terminal 47.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-702
 DTC P1124, P1126 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

3.CHECK FUSE A
1. Disconnect 20A fuse.
2. Check 20A fuse for blown.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I C
1. Check voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the
following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester.
D
Ignition switch Voltage
OFF Approximately 0V
E
Battery voltage
ON
(11 - 14V)
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5. MBIB0028E

5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. H
4. Check continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.
OK or NG N
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
O

EC-703
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639787

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639788

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P1128 Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
1128 circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639789

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-706, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-704
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639790

EC

P
MBWA1304E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-705
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 BR [Ignition switch: ON]
power supply (11 - 14V)

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
4 L/W
(Close) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released

PBIB1104E

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch: ON]

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped
5 L/B
(Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

PBIB1105E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639791

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C hi-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT

EC-706
 DTC P1128 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
5 Should not exist C
5
4 Should exist
5 Should exist BBIA0543E
6
4 Should not exist D

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR F
Refer to EC-707, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to EC-603.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
J
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639792 L

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. M
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.

Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] N

3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next

step.
O
4. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
5. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
P
PBIB2606E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639793

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-707
 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000001639794

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639795

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from
TCS control unit unit)
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (Control unit)”.
• TCS related parts

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639796

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639797

Go to BRC-50.

EC-708
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639798

NOTE: EC
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. C
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639799

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-
diagnosis. E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors F
ECM can not receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212
TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
1212
unit)”. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
G
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639800

H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III I
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
J
3. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-709, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
L
4. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-709, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639801

M
Go to BRC-50.

EC-709
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Description INFOID:0000000001639802

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.
Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relays)
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation

MBIB1266E

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) OFF ON

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.

EC-710
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Cooling fan motor terminals A

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 3
EC
High (HI) 2 3

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639803

C
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION D

Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.) E
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
• Engine: After warming up, idle the F
Engine coolant temperature: Between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
HI
(221°F) or more G

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639804

H
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated. I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
ed.) K
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Cooling fan system does not operate proper-
• Radiator hose L
P1217 Engine over tempera- ly (Overheat).
• Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant level was not added to the
• Radiator cap
system using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified M
• Reservoir tank cap
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-717,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating". N

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-15, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20, "Changing Engine Oil". O
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. P
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639805

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or reservoir tank.
EC-711
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-714,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-714,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W

5. If the results are NG, go to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure".

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-714,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-714,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors
operation, refer to PG-16, "Auto Active Test".
4. If NG, go to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF621W

EC-712
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639806

EC

P
MBWA1305E

EC-713
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBWA1384E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639807

1.CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.

EC-714
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation (Crankshaft A
Driven Type)".
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (LOW/HI). C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to "PROCEDURE A".) D

3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Without CONSULT-III E
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation, refer to PG-16, "Auto Active
Test".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (Low/High). F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to "PROCEDURE A".) G
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Refer to CO-9, "Inspection".
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-9, "Inspection".
I
• Hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump J
• Reservoir tank
5.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
K
Refer to CO-14, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.
6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS
Check the following. M
• Thermostat. Refer to CO-29.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-630, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES O

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-717, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating".

P
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE A
1.CHECK COOLILNG FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E14.

EC-715
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB2607E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• 40A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

3.CHECK IPDM E/R GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E17, E18.
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 38, 59 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector (1).
2. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. MBIB1284E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Refer to EC-717, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
EC-716
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors. A
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-603.
EC
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
C
Main 12 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000001639808

D
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser E
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture MA-14
F
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in MA-15
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester 59 - 125 kPa CO-14 G
(0.59 - 1.25 bar, 0.6 - 1.3
kg/cm2, 9 - 18 psi) (Limit)
5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-9 H
ON*2

ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-29
lower radiator hoses
I
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for
DTC P1217 (EC-710).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft
ON*2 7
driven)
• Visual Operating See CO-22. J

OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —

tester 4 Gas analyzer
K
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —
gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving MA-15
ervoir tank and idling L

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in MA-15
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-85
M
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-100
tons walls or piston N
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. O
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-6.
P
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639809

COOLING FAN MOTOR

EC-717
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 3
High (HI) 2 3
Cooling fan motor should operate. MBIB1241E
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

EC-718
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639810

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639811

F
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
1225 learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639812

H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
L
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
N
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-719, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639813

O
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. P

EC-719
 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1313E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639814

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-720
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639815

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639816

F
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639817

H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
J
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
L
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
N
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639818

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

EC-721
 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

MBIB1313E

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639819

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

Refer to EM-14.

EC-722
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639820

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
C
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short- D
ed.)
P1229 Sensor power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
1229 circuit short sensor is excessively low or high. is shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
E
(APP sensor 1)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor F
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. G

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

H
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639821

I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
K
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. L
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-727, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
M
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
N
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-727, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-723
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639822

MBWA1307E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-724
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
Sensor power supply C
68 V (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
[Engine is running] D
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] E
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V F
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] G
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] H
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] I
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
J
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

EC-725
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBWA1295E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-726
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
EVAP control system pres-
32 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Sensor power supply
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
sure sensor)
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639823

E
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Loosen and retighten three ground three screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

I
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front J
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) K

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness M
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
N

BBIA0592E P

EC-727
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2608E

3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

90 APP sensor terminal 2 EC-724
48 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-724
49 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-872
68 PSP sensor terminal 3 EC-666
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-94, "Magnet Clutch Circuit" or MTC-61, "Magnet Clutch Circuit".)
• Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-668, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister.
Always replace O-ring with a new one.

BBIA0551E

2. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.

EC-728
 DTC P1229 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM
terminal 32 and ground under the following conditions. A

Applied vacuum kPa

Voltage V
(mbar, mmHg, inHg) EC
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-267, -200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
C
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-267 mbar, -700 mmHg, - PBIB1173E

27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1013 mbar, 760 D

mmHg, 29.92 inHg).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
F
Refer to EC-789, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. H
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning". I

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

Refer to EC-603.
K
>> INSPECTION END

EC-729
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639824

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639825

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639826

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P1271
1271 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir-
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constant-
P1281 circuit no activity detected cuit is open or shorted.)
ly approx. 0V.
1281 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639827

CAUTION:
Always drive vechicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III

EC-730
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, go to EC-735, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
C
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
D
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
NOTE: E
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4. F
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-735, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639828 G

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
H
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. I
3. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
4. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
J

Engine Speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

Vehicle Speed More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
K
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving at level road
(To avoid overloading will help maintain the driv- L
ing conditions required for this test.)
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. M
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 2, return to step
2.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.
N
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. O
9. Make sure that no DTC is detected.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-735, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P

EC-731
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639829

BANK 1

MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-732
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO.
COLOR EC

Approximately 5V

C
[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed
D

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V E
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
F

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-733
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2

MBWA1337E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-734
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V EC

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition C
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E D
57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition E
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639830

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
H

MBIB1218E
K

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 L
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
O

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-735
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-736
 DTC P1271, P1281 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Perform EC-603.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 C
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m D
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. E

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639831
F

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19. G

EC-737
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639832

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639833

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639834

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P1272
1272 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir-
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constantly ap-
P1282 circuit no activity detected cuit is open or shorted.)
prox. 5V.
1282 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639835

CAUTION:
Always drive vechicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.

WITH CONSULT-III
EC-738
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step.
EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
C
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm
VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
D
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Shift lever Suitable position
NOTE: E
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4. F
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
8. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639836 G

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
H
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. I
3. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
4. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
J

Engine Speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

Vehicle Speed More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
K
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving at level road
(To avoid overloading will help maintain the driv- L
ing conditions required for this test.)
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. M
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 2, return to step
2.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.
N
6. Stop the vehicle.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. O
9. Make sure that no DTC is detected.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P

EC-739
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639837

BANK 1

MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-740
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO.
COLOR EC

Approximately 5V

C
[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed
D

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V E
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
F

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-741
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2

MBWA1337E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-742
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V EC

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition C
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E D
57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition E
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639838

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws.Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
H

MBIB1218E
K

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 L
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
O

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-743
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-744
 DTC P1272, P1282 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Perform EC-603.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 C
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m D
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. E

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639839
F

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19. G

EC-745
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639840

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is a planar dual-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is the com-
bination of a Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-
pump cell, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
< air).
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z

An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor is able to indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In
addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required
operating temperature of 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).

SEF580Z

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639841

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

A/F SEN1 (B1) Maintaining engine speed at
• Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 1.5V
A/F SEN1 (B2) 2,000 rpm

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639842

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
P1276
1276 • Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the air
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 cir-
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constantly ap-
P1286 circuit high voltage cuit is open or shorted.)
prox. 1.5V.
1286 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Bank 2)

Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639843

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.

EC-746
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-751, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
8. Set selector lever to D position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator C
pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. D
9. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for five times.
10. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. E
12. Repeat steps 7 to 8 for five times.
13. Make sure that no DTC is detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-751, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set selector lever to D position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or 5th position (M/T) then release the accelerator
pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (30 MPH). H
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times. I
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times. J
8. Stop the vehicle.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
10. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. K
11. Make sure that no DTC is detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-751, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L

EC-747
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639844

BANK 1

MBWA1336E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-748
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO.
COLOR EC

Approximately 5V

C
[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
2 L • Warm-up condition
(bank 1)
• Idle speed
D

PBIB1584E

16 SB Approximately 3.1V E
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) • Warm-up condition
56 LG • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 P Approximately 2.3V
F

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-749
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2

MBWA1337E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-750
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 5V EC

[Engine is running]
A/F sensor 1 heater
24 G • Warm-up condition C
(Bank 2)
• Idle speed

PBIB1584E D
57 GR Approximately 2.6V
58 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.3V
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) • Warm-up condition E
76 V • Idle speed Approximately 3.1V
77 Y Approximately 2.3V

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639845

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
H

MBIB1218E
K

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 L
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
O

BBIA0589E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-751
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB1683E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal

1 16
2 75
Bank1
5 35
6 56
1 76
2 77
Bank 2
5 57
6 58

Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Bank 1 Bank 2
A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal
1 16 1 76
2 75 2 77
5 35 5 57
6 56 6 58

Continuity should not exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

EC-752
 DTC P1276, P1286 A/F SENSOR 1
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Perform EC-603.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 C
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m D
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. E

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639846
F

AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-19. G

EC-753
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639847

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

PBIB2645E

Refer to EC-524 for the ASCD function.

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639848

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639849

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-670.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD
steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steer- (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
ASCD steering switch
1564 ing switch is out of the specified range. • ASCD steering switch
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck • ECM
ON.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639850

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-754
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Wait at least 10 seconds. A
4. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
6. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
7. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
C
8. Check DTC.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-757, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III D
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
E
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
F
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
7. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. G
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-757, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-755
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639851

MBWA1308E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-756
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] C
Approximately 4.0V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed D
[Ignition switch: ON]
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] E
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639852

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection". H

K
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
L
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
N
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. O
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. P

Switch Monitor item Condition Indication

Pressed ON
MAIN switch MAIN SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW
Released OFF

EC-757
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication

RESUME/ACCELER- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET/COAST switch SET SW
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground with press-
ing each button.

Switch Condition Voltage [V]

Pressed Approx. 0
MAIN switch
Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 1
CANCEL switch
Released Approx. 4

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 3 PBIB0311E

switch Released Approx. 4
Pressed Approx. 2
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 17 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and combination switch terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
EC-758
 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. A
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH D
Refer to EC-759, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> Replace steering wheel.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
F
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639853

ASCD STEERING SWITCH H

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M302.
2. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) ter-
minals 17 and 18 with pushing each switch. I

Switch Condition Resistance [Ω]

J
Pressed Approx. 0
MAIN switch
Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 250 K
CANCEL switch
Released Approx. 4,000

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 1,480 MBIB1279E

L
switch Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 660
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4,000 M

EC-759
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639854

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is

turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-524 for the ASCD function.

MBIB1214E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639855

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON

• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639856

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P 1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-670
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 • Harness or connectors
MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572
ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch
1572
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • ASCD brake switch
B) for extremely long time while the vehicle is • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
driving • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639857

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.

EC-760
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a A
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
EC
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
C
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) D

Selector lever Suitable position
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
E
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
7. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
F
VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
G
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
H
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639858
I

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the ASCD brake switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed. J
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (ASCD brake switch K
signal) and ground under the following conditions.

CONDITION VOLTAGE L
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
M
3. If NG, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If OK, go to next step.

MBIB0061E
N

4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 (stop lamp switch sig-
nal) and ground under the following conditions. O

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
P

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage

5. If NG, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB1677E

EC-761
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639859

MBWA1309E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-762
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) C
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch D
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639860 E

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. G

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF H
Brake pedal: Fully released ON

I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions. J

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V K
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E
M
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. N

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF O
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III P
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions.

EC-763
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 7.

MBIB0060E

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
- Stop lamp switch (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1214E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0857E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-764
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH A

Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
- ASCD brake switch (1)
D

F
MBIB1214E

G
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
I
NG >> GO TO 8.

J
PBIB1184E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. K
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. N

Continuity should exist.

O
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
P
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-766, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC-765
 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639861

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 3 again.

SEC023D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 3 again.

PBIB1185E

EC-766
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639862

When the selector lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639863

C
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

D
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639864

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1706 Park/neutral position
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
circuit is open or shorted.]
G
switch is not changed in the process of engine
1706 switch • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
starting and driving.
• Combination meter
• TCM (A/T models) H

Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001639865

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this I
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-III J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
K
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
P or N position (A/T)
ON L
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
If NG, go to EC-769, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP switch signal) N
and ground under the following conditions.

Condition (Selector lever) Voltage (Known-good data) O

P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0V
Neutral position (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE P
Except above position
(11 - 14V)
3. If NG, go to EC-769, "Diagnosis Procedure".
MBIB0043E

EC-767
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639866

MBWA1310E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-768
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
G (A/T) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
102 PNP switch
O (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except above position (11 - 14V) C

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639867

D
A/T MODELS
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
E
Refer to AT-36.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START. G
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. H
No >> Refer to SC-27.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
J
4. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and combination meter terminal 17.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. K

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness connectors E8, F2 N
• Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and combination meter.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination meter terminal 7. P
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

EC-769
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E101, M91
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-III
1. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8.
Refer to AT-94.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace.
9.REPLACE COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-5.

>> INSPECTION END

M/T MODELS
1.CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F2, E8
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

EC-770
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E8, F2
C
• Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to MT-12, "Checking".
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
F
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.
G
>> INSPECTION END

EC-771
 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
Description INFOID:0000000001639868

ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this
signal for engine control.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639869

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Almost the same speed as the
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH)
tachometer indication

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639870

NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-612.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-670.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-650.
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, P0345 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340,
P0345. Refer to EC-656.
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ-
ed)
P1715 (Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated
• Harness or connectors
1715 sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal and
(Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
(TCM output) engine rpm signal.
shorted)
• TCM

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639871

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-36.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to AT-36.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-772
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639872

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639873

C
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

D
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639874

This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
G
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
Brake switch
1805 tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
• Stop lamp switch
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL light up.
I
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
J
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration K

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639875

NOTE: L
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. N
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check DTC. O
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-775, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
P
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Refer to EC-537, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.

EC-773
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-775, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639876

MBWA1312E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:

EC-774
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released C
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639877

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
F
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. I
- ASCD brake switch (1)

MBIB1214E
L

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
M

PBIB2284E

P
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-775
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Check the following.
• 10A fuse
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
- ASCD brake switch (1)
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. MBIB1214E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-776, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639878

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
• ASCD brake switch (1)

MBIB1214E

EC-776
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
A

EC

PBIB2285E

D
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist.
E
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist.
3. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and perform step 2 again.
F

EC-777
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639879

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639880

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639881

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229.
Refer to EC-723.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi-
P2122 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen- • Harness or connectors
tion sensor 1 circuit low
2122 sor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
input
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2123 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 1 circuit high (APP sensor 1)
2123 sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639882

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-778
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. A
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
EC
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-781, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III C
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
D
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-781, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E

EC-779
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639883

MBWA1313E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-780
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] C
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply D
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1)
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2) E
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2
F
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON] G
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] H
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639884

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
K

MBIB1218E
N
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 O
(control unit)

OK or NG
P
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC-781
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0592E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2608E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 82.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-783, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-782
 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

>> INSPECTION END A

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603. EC

>> INSPECTION END

C
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639885

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

D
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig- E
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.
F
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V G

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.45V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.4V MBIB0023E H
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.
5. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
I
6. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639886
J

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2. K

EC-783
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639887

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639888

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639889

These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi- • Harness or connectors
P2127 An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
tion sensor 2 circuit low (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
2127 sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input shorted.)
(The TP sensor circuit shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
P2128 An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (APP sensor 2)
tion sensor 2 circuit high
2128 sor 2 is sent to ECM. • Electric throttle control actuator
input
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639890

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:

EC-784
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
A
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. EC
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
C
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. D
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-787, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-785
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639891

MBWA1314E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-786
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground C
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1) E
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] F
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V G
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V H
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V I
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639892

J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body, Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

N
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front O
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

EC-787
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0592E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB2611E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to wiring diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-786
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-793
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-796, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-788
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 83.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. C

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 98 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-789, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY J
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". K
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END L

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-603. M

>> INSPECTION END

N
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639893

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

O
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
P

EC-789
 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.45V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.4V MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639894

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.

EC-790
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639895

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639896

F
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

G
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
THRTL SEN 1
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
*: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. H

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639897

I
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
• Harness or connector
(The TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM K
P2135 (The APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted).
circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
2135 • Electric throttle control actuator
mance and TP sensor 2.
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) L

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M

Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 N
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.
O
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639898

NOTE: P
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.

EC-791
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-794, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-794, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-792
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639899

EC

P
MBWA1315E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-793
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639900

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

EC-794
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A

EC

BBIA0543E

D
3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. F
NG >> GO TO 3.

G
PBIB2604E

3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47.
I
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
K
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
L
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-793
M
91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-786
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. N
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
O
Refer to EC-789, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. P
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

EC-795
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 66.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1, ECM
terminal 69 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-796, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639901

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Set selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T).

EC-796
 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 50 (TP sensor 1 signal),
69 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following condi- A
tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage EC

50 Fully released More than 0.36V
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
C
69 Fully released Less than 4.75V
(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V
PBIB1170E
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next D
step.
7. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
8. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639902

ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

Refer to EM-14.

EC-797
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639903

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639904

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
ACCEL SEN 2* (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
*: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001639905

This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P1229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1229. Refer to
EC-723.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(The APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM or shorted.)
P2138
tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 (The TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
2138
performance and APP sensor 2. • Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2
• Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 and 2)

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001639906

NOTE:

EC-798
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. A
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III EC
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
C
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. D
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
E
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-801, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-799
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639907

MBWA1316E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-800
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply (Throt-
47 W [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
tle position sensor)
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground C
82 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(APP sensor 1)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
83 O • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V D
(APP sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
90 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 1) E
Sensor power supply
91 G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(APP sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] F
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V G
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V H
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V I
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639908

J
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

N
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front O
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC-801
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0592E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2608E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
1.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB2611E

4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 91.
Refer to wiring diagram.

Continuity should exist.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram

91 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-800
47 Electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 EC-793
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-802
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A

Refer to EC-796, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. EC
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
C
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
3. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
D
>> INSPECTION END
8.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminals 4 and ECM terminal 82, APP sensor terminal 5 F
and ECM terminal 83.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. G

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 98 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

10.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-804, "Component Inspection". M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11. N
11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". O
3. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
P
>> INSPECTION END
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-803
 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639909

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 106 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 98 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following
conditions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

106 Fully released 0.6 - 0.95V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

98 Fully released 0.3 - 0.45V

(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed Less than 2.4V MBIB0023E

4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step.

5. Perform EC-546, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-546, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
7. Perform EC-547, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639910

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.

EC-804
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639911

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is EC

turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the
state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-524 for the ASCD function.
C

MBIB1214E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639912

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

BRAKE SW 1 • Brake pedal: Fully released ON G

• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW 2 • Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON H
(Stop lamp switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

EC-805
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639913

MBWA1324E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-806
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Ignition switch: OFF]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 V Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V) C
[Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
108 LG ASCD brake switch D
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639914 E

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. G

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF H
Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 and ground under the
following conditions.
J
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
K
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0061E

2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II M

With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
N
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
O
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 and ground under the following conditions. P

EC-807
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.

MBIB0060E

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector.
- Stop lamp switch (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1214E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0857E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.

5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-808
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH A

Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. EC
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector.
- ASCD brake switch (1)
D

F
MBIB1214E

G
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT -II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
I
NG >> GO TO 8.

J
PBIB1184E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. K
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery L

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. N

Continuity should exist.

O
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
P
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-810, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC-809
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639915

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals
1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should not exist.
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 3 again.

SEC023D

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released. Should not exist.
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Should exist.
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and
perform step 3 again.

PBIB1185E

EC-810
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ASCD INDICATOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639916

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and EC
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. C
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting. D
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-524 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639917 E

Specification data are reference value.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time → at the 2nd time
G
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
175 km/h (109 MPH) H

EC-811
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639918

MBWA1325E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639919

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

EC-812
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION A

• MAIN switch: pressed at the 1st
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
time → at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON EC
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
175 km/h (109 MPH)
C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
D
2.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-612.
F
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to DI-5.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Go to DI-5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Refer to EC-603.
I
>> INSPECTION END

EC-813
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000001639920

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, etc.) is transferred through the CAN communication line
from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639921

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Rear window defogger switch ON and/
ON
or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and
OFF
lighting switch are OFF.

• Engine: After warning up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639922

1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Condition Indication
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.

Condition Indication
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Condition Indication
Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
EC-814
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Refer to GW-46.
A
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM EC
Refer to LT-6 or LT-30.

>> INSPECTION END C

6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to ATC-35 or MTC-31. D

>> INSPECTION END

E

EC-815
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000001639923

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control ume control solenoid valve

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.

PBIB2057E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639924

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
PURG VOL C/V (M/T)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm —
• No-load

EC-816
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639925

EC

MBWA1335E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-817
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed even
slightly, after engine starting

SEC990C
EVAP canister purge volume
45 P
control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than
100 seconds after starting engine)

SEC991C

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639926

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canis-
ter.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-III.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Change the valve opening percentage with touching “Qu” or
“Qd” on CONSULT-III screen, and check for vacuum existence
at the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.

Conditions BBIA0551E
Vacuum
(PURG VOL CONT/V)
0% Should not exist.
100% Should exist.

Without CONSULT-III

EC-818
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canis- A
ter.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 100 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the
EC
following conditions.

Conditions Vacuum
C
At idle Should not exist.
Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm. Should exist.
OK or NG BBIA0551E D
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER E

Refer to EC-529, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
3.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE G
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-527, "Description".
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
I
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve J
(1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
K

MBIB1312E M

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or N
tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. P

PBIB2605E

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R

EC-819
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 45 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-820, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639927

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve using “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III under
the following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
100% Yes
0% No

PBIB2058E

Without CONSULT-III

EC-820
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. A

Air passage continuity

Condition
between A and B EC
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No C

PBIB2059E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639928

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E

Refer to EM-14.

EC-821
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639929

The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter.
This solenoid valve is not used for engine control, and always
remains open.
If the vent is closed by any reason under EVAP purge conditions, the
evaporative emission control system is depressured and EVAP can-
ister may be damaged.

PBIB1263E

BBIA0551E

EC-822
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639930

EC

MBWA1294E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-823
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639931

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve with its harness con-
nector connected from EVAP canister.
3. Start engine.

BBIA0551E

4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB2395E

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-
nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0152E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

EC-824
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E107, C1 A
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 117 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
F
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors C1, E107 G
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-825, "Component Inspection".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. J
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639932 L

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. M
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
N

P
PBIB1033E

EC-825
 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.

Condition Air passage continuity between A and B

12V direct current supply between
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. PBIB1034E

If OK, go to next step.

4. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
5. Perform step 3 again.

EC-826
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639933

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura- C
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs. D

SEF375Z E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639934

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-595. G
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
INJ PULSE-B2 • Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec H
• No load

EC-827
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639935

MBWA1321E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:

EC-828
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A

TER-
MI- WIRE
NAL COLOR
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) C
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: D
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
21 W Fuel injector No. 5 at idle
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3 E
SEC984C
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1
40 V Fuel injector No. 6 BATTERY VOLTAGE
41 R Fuel injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
42 O Fuel injector No. 2 F
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G

SEC985C
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639936

I
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. J
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. K
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION L
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. M
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END N
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-I
O
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine.

EC-829
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Disconnect harness connector F101 (1), F7 (2).
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1278E

4. Check voltage between harness connector F7 terminal 3 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
7. Check harness continuity between harness connector F7 and
ECM as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

PBIB2633E
Harness connector F7 ter-
Cylinder ECM terminal
minal
1 2 23
3 1 22
5 4 21

Continuity should exist.

8. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12
• 15A fuse
• Harness for open or short between harness connector F7 and fuse
• Harness for open or short between harness connector F7 and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-II
Provide battery voltage between harness connector F101 as follows
and then interrupt it. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Harness connector F101 terminal

Cylinder
(+) (–)
1 3 2
3 3 1
5 3 4

PBIB2634E

EC-830
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Operating sound should exist. A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 7. EC
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-III
1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected. C
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to fuel injectors No. 2, No. 4, No.6 operating sound.

Clicking noise should exist. D

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> GO TO 7.

PBIB1986E

7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector (1).
H

MBIB1286E

K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
N

PBIB0582E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E9, F4
P
• Harness connectors F7, F101
• IPDM E/R harness connector E12
• 15A fuse
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-831
 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 40, 41, 42.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F101, F7 (bank 1)
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-832, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639937

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

PBIB1727E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639938

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-32.

EC-832
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
FUEL PUMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639939

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. D
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when E
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
F
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
G
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops. H

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.
I
• Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1)
• Fuel pressure regulator (2)

MBIB1285E
L
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639940

Specification data are reference values. M

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON N
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF
O

EC-833
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639941

MBWA1322E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-834
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
113 V Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch: ON] C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639942

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION E

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. G

BBIA0563E

2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 113 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
K
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. L
NG >> GO TO 3.

M
PBIB1187E

3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

N
Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 46 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage O

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
P
NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB2656E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

EC-835
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con-
nector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0545E

5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage should exist for 1 sec-

ond after ignition switch is turned ON.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0795E

6.CHECK 15A FUSE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse.
3. Check 15A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace fuse.
7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CURCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1 and IPDM E/R termi-
nal 13.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors C1, E107
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-836
 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. A

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. C
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. D
• Harness connectors C1, E107
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground
E
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-837, "Component Inspection". F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel pump. G

12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-603. H
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639943

J
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” K
terminals 1 and 3.

Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] L

SEC918C N
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639944

FUEL PUMP O
Refer to FL-10.

EC-837
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
HO2S2
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639945

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639946

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

HO2S2 (B1) • Below 3,600 rpm after the follow-
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2) ing conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm
- Keeping the engine speed be-
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) quickly.
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load

EC-838
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639947

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1333E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-839
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-840
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1334E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-841
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639948

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION - I

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage while revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possi-
ble.)

The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB1607E

2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION - II

Keep engine at idle for 10 minutes, then check the voltage between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or
55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground, or check the voltage when coasting at 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position
with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).

The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-842
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection". A

EC

D
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
E
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
F

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. G
4.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. H

K
MBIB1218E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) L
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 78. M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. N

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. O
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC-843
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

Terminals
Bank
ECM Sensor
74 1 1
55 1 2

Continuity should exist.

3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminals
Bank
ECM Sensor
74 1 1
55 1 2

Continuity should not exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-844, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639949

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.

EC-844
 HO2S2
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
A

EC

PBIB2534E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. D
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 E
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 74 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 55 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and H
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. I
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure. J
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 6, step 7 is not neces-
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D K
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.18V at least once during this PBIB1607E
procedure. L
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 M
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. N
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639950

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 O

Refer to EM-19.

EC-845
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
HO2S2 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000001639951

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine coolant tempera- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor heater control
ture
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION

Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639952

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2) at idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

EC-846
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639953

A
BANK 1

EC

P
MBWA1333E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-847
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 SB
heater (bank 1) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
74 O - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

EC-848
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
BANK 2
A

EC

MBWA1334E
P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-849
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER-
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
- Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
6 R
heater (bank 2) minute under no load
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
55 G - Engine: after warming up 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639954

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 25 [HO2S2 (B1) heater signal] or 6 [HO2S2 (B2) heater sig-
nal] and ground.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.

Conditions Voltage
At idle 0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
(11 - 14V)

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB1649E

2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

EC-850
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.

MBIB1277E

1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) K
harness connector harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank1)
L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
N
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

O
PBIB0112E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• IPDM E/R connector E12
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-851
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

5.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminals
Bank
ECM Sensor
25 2 1
6 2 2

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-852, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639955

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.

Terminal No. Resistance

2 and 3 9.9 - 13.3 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner and approved
anti-seize lubricant.

SEF249Y

EC-852
 HO2S2 HEATER
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639956

A
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EM-19.
EC

EC-853
 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
IAT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639957

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>

Intake air temperature

Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
°C (°F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 34 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P

voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-854
 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639958

EC

MBWA1355E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639959

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-855
 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 34 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 0 - 4.8V

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

MBIB0041E

2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0541E

EC-856
 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
4. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 2 and
ground. A

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. C

PBIB1598E

4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
E
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. F

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR H
Refer to EC-857, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. I
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END K

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639960

L
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.
M

Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 N
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
O

PBIA9559J

EC-857
 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

SEF012P

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639961

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-13.

EC-858
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639962

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR EC

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit. C

BBIA0561E
F

EC-859
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639963

MBWA1317E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-860
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
C
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
D
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)

EC-861
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBWA1318E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-862
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
60 V Ignition signal No. 5 SEC986C
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1 0.1 - 0.4V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F

SEC987C

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

EC-863
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

MBWA1319E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-864
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
D
79 P Ignition signal No. 6 SEC986C
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
81 G Ignition signal No. 2 0.1 - 0.4V
E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
F

SEC987C

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639964

H
1.CHECK ENGINE START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running? I
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. J
No >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
M
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle. N
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 60, 61, 62, 79,
80, 81 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as O
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
P

PBIB1186E

SEC986C

OK or NG

EC-865
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-604.

MBIB0034E

5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser-1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0562E

4. Check voltage between condenser-1 terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0624E

6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4

EC-866
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
• Harness for open or short between condenser-1 and IPDM E/R
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER-1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between condenser-1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. E
9.CHECK CONDENSER-1
Refer to EC-868, "Component Inspection".
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace condenser-1.
G
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.

K
BBIA0561E

4. Turn ignition switch ON.

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester. L

Voltage: Battery voltage

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
N

PBIB0138E
O
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F6, F125 P
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F4

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground.

EC-867
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F125, F6
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

14.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 60, 61, 62, 79, 80, 81 and ignition coil terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F6, F125
• Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
16.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-868, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639965

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.

EC-868
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
A
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
EC
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
4. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor. C
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
PBIB0847E
6. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
D
7. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure. E
8. Start engine.
9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. F
10. Turn ignition switch OFF.
11. Remove ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical
discharge from the ignition coils.
12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be G
BBIA0534E
checked.
13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. H
15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm
between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion
as shown in the figure.
16. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark I
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded part.

Spark should be generated. J

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock K
while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage PBIB2325E

becomes 20kV or more.

• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm is taken. L
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm, the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
17. If NG, Replace ignition coil with power transistor.
M
CONDENSER-1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals 1 and 2. N

Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

O

PBIB0794E

EC-869
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639966

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-29.

EC-870
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001639967

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the EC

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C

BBIA0564E E

H
PBIB2657E

EC-871
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639968

MBWA1323E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-872
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure sen- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sor)
[Engine is running] C
67 GR Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
• Warm-up condition
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639969

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION F

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 70 and ground with CON- G
SULT-III or tester.

Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V H

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. I

PBIB1188E J
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-610, "Ground Inspection".
L

MBIB1218E

O
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 P
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC-873
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0564E

3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB1872E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 67.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 70 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG

EC-874
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. A
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-603. D
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace. E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639970

F
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to ATC-164, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" or MTC-108, "Removal and
Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor".
G

EC-875
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
VIAS
Description INFOID:0000000001639971

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature VIAS control VIAS control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

PBIB1822E

When the engine is running at medium speed, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes
the power valve.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the total length of passage A and pas-
sage B. This long intake manifold provides increased amount of intake air, which results in improved suction
efficiency and higher torque.
When engine is running at low or high speed, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid
valve and the power valve is opened.
Under this condition, the effective intake manifold length is equivalent to the length of passage B. This short-
ened intake manifold length results in enhanced engine output due to reduced suction resistance under high
speeds.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Power Valve

EC-876
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to
control the suction passage of the variable induction air control sys- A
tem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surge tank. The
vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid
EC
valve.

BBIA0569E

D
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum
signal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals from
the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the E
intake manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil
pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator. F

G
BBIA0569E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001639972 H

Specification data are reference values.

I
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
2,200 - 3,300 rpm ON
VIAS S/V • Engine: After warming up
Except above conditions OFF J

EC-877
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639973

MBWA1320E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-878
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

TER- A
MI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL COLOR
NO.
EC
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Idle speed (11 - 14V)
29 GR VIAS control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Between 2,200 and 3,300 0 - 1.0V C
rpm
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] D
0 - 1.5V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
ECM relay switch OFF
111 BR
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] F
120 P (11 - 14V)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639974

G
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and make
sure that power valve actuator (1) rod moves. I

MBIB1282E

L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Rev engine up to between 2,200 and 3,300 rpm and make sure M
that power valve actuator (1) rod moves.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END N
NG (With CONSULT-III) >>GO TO 2.
NG (Without CONSULT-III) >>GO TO 3.
O

MBIB1282E P
2.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
With CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

EC-879
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions.

VIAS SOL VALVE Vacuum

ON Should exist.
OFF Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NG >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Apply 12V of direct current between VIAS control solenoid valve
terminals 1 and 2.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

Condition Vacuum
12V direct current supply Should exist.
No supply Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
PBIB0845E
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
2. Check hoses and tubes between intake manifold and power
valve actuator for crack, clogging, improper connection or dis-
connection. Refer to EC-569, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair hoses or tubes.

SEF109L

5.CHECK VACUUM TANK

Refer to EC-882, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum tank.
6.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-880
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A

EC

BBIA0569E

D
4. Check voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 1
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
NG >> GO TO 7.

G
PBIB0173E

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
I
• Harness for open or short between VIAS control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors. J

8.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and VIAS control solenoid valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE N

Refer to EC-882, "Component Inspection".

OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to EC-603.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-881
 VIAS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001639975

VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

VIAS SOL VALVE between A and B between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

JMBIA0180ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

Condition
between A and B between A and C
12V direct current supply
Yes No
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
PBIB2532E

VACUUM TANK
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to vacuum tank.
2. Connect a vacuum pump to the port A of vacuum tank.
3. Apply vacuum and make sure that vacuum exists at the port B.

MBIB1314E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001639976

VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-17.

EC-882
 VSS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000001639977

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control EC
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001639978 C

1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? D
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. E
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Lift up the vehicle.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Select “VHCL SPEED SE” indication when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. G

“VHCL SPEED SE” indication should

exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH). H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3. I

3.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-10 (models without VDC) or BRC-50 (models with VDC). J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace. K
4.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to DI-5. L

>> INSPECTION END

M

EC-883
 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001639979

MBWA1326E

EC-884
 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]

EC

MBWA1327E

EC-885
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000001639980

Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Approximately 350 (3.57, 51)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000001639981

Target idle speed No load* [in P or N position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T)] 625±50 rpm
Air conditioner: ON In P or N position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T) 775 rpm or more
Ignition timing In P or N position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T) 15 ± 5° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000001639982

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Output voltage at idle 0.9 - 1.2V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000001639983

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000001639984

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000001639985

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000001639986

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 9.9 - 13.3Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000001639987

Refer to EC-655, "Component Inspection".

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000001639988

Refer to EC-663, "Component Inspection".

EC-886
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [VQ TYPE 2]
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000001639989

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

EC
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000001639990

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.5Ω C

Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000001639991

D
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 0.2 - 5.0Ω

EC-887
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index (U1000) INFOID:0000000001639992

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* 1 (CONSULT-III screen item)

U1000 1000*2 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — EC-951

*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.

*2: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

DTC No. Index (P0016 - P0123) INFOID:0000000001831360

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION — EC-953

P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS × EC-955
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP — EC-957
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK × EC-959
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-962
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-962
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-968
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-968
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-972
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-972
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT — EC-976
P0123 0123 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT — EC-976
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.

DTC No. Index (P0182 - P0238) INFOID:0000000001831359

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC — EC-981

P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC — EC-981
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC — EC-985
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC — EC-985
P0200 0200 INJECTOR × EC-989
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR × EC-990
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR × EC-990
P0203 0203 CYL3 INJECTOR × EC-990
P0204 0204 CYL4 INJECTOR × EC-990
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP × EC-995
P0222 0222 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT — EC-1004
P0223 0223 APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT — EC-1004

EC-888
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page A
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM — EC-1009

P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC — EC-1016 EC
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC — EC-1016
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.
C
DTC No. Index (P0335 - P0629) INFOID:0000000001831358

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

D
DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT × EC-1021 E

P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR × EC-1026
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT × EC-1032
F
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR × EC-1038
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED — EC-1044
P0502 0502 VEHICLE SPEED — EC-1046 G
P0503 0503 VEHICLE SPEED — EC-1048
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — EC-1050
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE — EC-1062
H

P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC — EC-1064

P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC — EC-1064
I
P0605 0605 ECM × EC-1070
P0606 0606 ECM × EC-1072
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC × EC-1074 J
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC × EC-1074
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.
K
DTC No. Index (P0642 - P1275) INFOID:0000000001831357

X: Applicable —: Not applicable L

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)
M
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 — EC-1079
P0643 0643 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 — EC-1079
P0652 0652 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 — EC-1082 N
P0653 0653 SENSOR PWR/CIRC2 — EC-1082
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY — EC-1087
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN — EC-1091 O
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — EC-1092
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 — EC-1093
P
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 — EC-1093
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 — EC-1093
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 — EC-1093
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE — EC-1099
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP — EC-1104

EC-889
 INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP × EC-1109

P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP × EC-1114
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.

DTC No. Index (P1610 - P1616) INFOID:0000000001831356

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — BL-4

P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — BL-4
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — BL-4
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU — BL-4
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — BL-4
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — BL-4
P1616 1616 ECM — EC-1119
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.

DTC No. Index (P1622 - P2229) INFOID:0000000001831355

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III ECM* (CONSULT-III screen item)

P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST — EC-1121

P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR — EC-1122
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR — EC-1124
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC × EC-1129
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC × EC-1133
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC × EC-1133
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC × EC-1129
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC — EC-1138
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC — EC-1138
*: In Diagnostic Test Mode II.

EC-890
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
PRECAUTIONS
A
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000001834003

EC
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL C
RESTRAINT SYSTEM” and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
Module, see the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
F
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: G
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly H
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
I
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000001834223

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to J
windshield.

PIIB3706J
M
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000001639995

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the N
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause O
the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, P
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-69.
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.

EC-891
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000001639996

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery
ground cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned off.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM.

MBIB0625E

• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.

PBIB1512E

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of IC's, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-892
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-929, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
EC
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft C
position sensor.
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC D
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
E
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

SAT652J G

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact. H
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
I
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump. J
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector. K

N
SEF348N

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring. O

• Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

EC-893
 PRECAUTIONS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

EC-894
 PREPARATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
PREPARATION
A
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000001639998

EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
C
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)

S-NT564
E
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000001639999

F
Tool name Description
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor G

S-NT705

EC-895
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Schematic INFOID:0000000001640000

MBIB1287E

EC-896
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000001640001

A
LEFT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM

EC

M
MBIB1215E

: Vehicle front
N
1. Turbocharger boost control 2. Turbocharger control actuator A. From next page
solenoid valve
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
O
Refer to EC-896, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-897
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
RIGHT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM

MBIB1288E

: Vehicle front
1. Fuel rail 2. Intake air control valve control 3. Vacuum pump
solenoid valve
4. Intake air control valve actuator A. To previous page
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.

Refer to EC-896, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-898
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
System Chart INFOID:0000000001640002

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

• Accelerator pedal position sensor Fuel injection control Fuel injector and Fuel pump EC
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
Fuel injection timing control Fuel injector and Fuel pump
• Fuel pump temperature sensor
• Engine coolant temperature sensor Fuel cut control Fuel injector and Fuel pump
• Mass air flow sensor C
• Intake air temperature sensor
Glow control system Glow relay and glow indicator lamp*2
• Crankshaft position sensor ASCD vehicle speed control Fuel injector and Fuel pump
• Camshaft position sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor On board diagnostic system Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)*2 D
• Wheel sensor*1 EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
• VDC/TCS/ABS control unit*1
Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay*2 E
• Ignition switch
• ASCD steering switch Turbocharger boost control Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• ASCD brake switch
Intake air control valve control solenoid
• ASCD clutch switch Intake air control valve control
valve F
• Stop lamp switch
1
• Air conditioner switch*
• Park/neutral position switch Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay*2
• Refrigerant pressure sensor G
• Battery voltage
*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line. H
Fuel Injection Control System INFOID:0000000001640003

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance. J
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.
START CONTROL K

Input/Output Signal Chart

L
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed M
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Camshaft position sensor Piston position control (start
Fuel pump
control)
Ignition switch Start signal
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure N

When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value O
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the P
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
SEF648S

IDLE CONTROL

EC-899
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Input/Output Signal Chart

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Battery Battery voltage
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position control (idle
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*
*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal.
NORMAL CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Fuel injection
Fuel injector
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position control (normal
Fuel pump
control)
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure
The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is deter-
mined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects
accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel
rail pressure. These sensors send signals to the ECM.
The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between vari-
ous engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and fuel rail pres-
sure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM
determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sen-
sor signals in comparison with the map.
SEF649S

MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL

Input/Output Signal Chart

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Fuel injection
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control (maxi-
Fuel injector
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed mum amount
control)
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur-
ing a system failure.
DECELERATION CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart

EC-900
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator A

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
Fuel injector
control (decel-
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
eration control)
EC
The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel effi-
ciency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position
sensor and crankshaft position sensor. C
Fuel Injection Timing Control System INFOID:0000000001640004

DESCRIPTION D
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map. E
Air Conditioning Cut Control INFOID:0000000001640005

INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART F

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

G
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal opening angle
Air conditioner
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1 cut control Air conditioner relay*2 H
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
I
*1: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION J
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues K
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000001640006

L
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator M

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel cut control Fuel injector
N
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
*: The input signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine
O
speed is over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will
be cancelled.
NOTE: P
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-899, "Fuel Injection Control Sys-
tem".
Crankcase Ventilation System INFOID:0000000001640007

DESCRIPTION

EC-901
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.

PBIB0590E

INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

SEC692

CAN Communication INFOID:0000000001640008

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-56, "CAN Communication Signal Chart for Diesel Engine Models", about CAN communication
for detail.

EC-902
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Fuel Filter INFOID:0000000001640009

DESCRIPTION EC
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.
AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump (1) to bleed air. C
• When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump sud-
denly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time.
• If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump (the D
pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), disconnect
the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel gallery.
Then, perform the operation described above, and make sure that
E
fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel. Do not let
fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect the hose,
then bleed air again.
• Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing air F
MBIB1197E
bleeding.
WATER DRAINING
G
1. Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows.
a. Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION: H
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
b. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector I
assembly from the dash panel.
• It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.
2. Using a tool such as a pliers, loosen the water draining cock at J
the bottom of the fuel filter.
Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to
start draining.
K
Do not remove drain cock by loosening it excessively.
If water dose not drain properly, move the priming up and down.
CAUTION:
When the water is drained, the fuel is also drained. Use a L
pan, etc. to avoid fuel adherence to the rubber parts such as
the engine mount insulator.
Do not over-tighten the water draining cock. This will dam- M
SMA825B
age the cock thread, resulting in water or fuel leak.
3. Bleed air of the fuel filter. Refer to “AIR BLEEDING”.
4. Start the engine. N
Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000001770914

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. O

1. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
2. Perform EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration". P
3. Perform EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing INFOID:0000000001640010

DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.

EC-903
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operating to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed.
• ECM is replaced with old one which stores the “fuel pump learning value” of other fuel pump.
NOTE:
When ECM is replaced with brand new one, Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing need not to be performed.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Without CONSULT-III
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras-
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-906, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
Injector Adjustment Value Registration INFOID:0000000001640011

DESCRIPTION
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of injector.The
injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced injector must be performed. And for
the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the injectors must be performed.

MBIB1251E

Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a injector.
• When all injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:

EC-904
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
When touching “START”, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration. A
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Inputted injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-III. EC
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE: C
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-III are written onto ECM mem-
ory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder. D
• Injector adjustment value which is printed on a injector.
• Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on E
the CONSULT-III screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment value are written onto ECM memory
correctly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is F
detected again.

EC-905
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
DTC Detection Logic INFOID:0000000001640012

When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory.
The MIL will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,
refer to EC-888.
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000001640013

HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Example: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0335, 1260, etc.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
HOW TO ERASE DTC

With CONSULT-III
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “All Erase” in the “Descrip-
tion” of “FINAL CHECK” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-907, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- Fuel pump learning value
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000001640014

The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine
speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III. For
details, see “Freeze Frame Data”.
Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory
and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clear-
ing the ECM memory are described in EC-906, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) INFOID:0000000001640015

• If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in the ON position or “NATS MALFUNC-
TION” is displayed on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnostic results mode with
CONSULT-III using NATS program card. Refer to BL-202.
EC-906
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
• Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed before touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DAIG
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. A
• When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs must
be carried out with CONSULT-III using NATS program card.
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedure of NATS initial-
EC
ization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III operation manual, NATS.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000001640016

C
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with- D
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
• If the MIL does not light up, refer to EC-1189.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. E
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
F

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION G

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.

Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function H

Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.). I
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
1189.)

Engine stopped J

K
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a mal-
WARNING function, the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a mal-
function has been detected. L

Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs to be read.

ON position RESULTS M

N
Engine stopped

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

NOTE:
P
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.

EC-907
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

PBIB0092E

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II
(Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC-
1189.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC is indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. A DTC will be used as
an example for how to read a code.

PBIA3905E

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.

EC-908
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later A
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
EC
function. (See EC-888)
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to “How C
to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
D
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III and Driving Patterns INFOID:0000000001640017

JMBIA0881GB

EC-909
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

*1: When a malfunction is detected, MIL *2: MIL will not light up after ignition *3: When a malfunction is detected for
will light up. switch is turned OFF. the first time, the DTC will be stored in
ECM.
*4: Other screens except SELF-DIAG- *5: The DTC will not be displayed any
NOSTIC RESULTS & cannot display longer after vehicle is driven 40 times
the malfunction. (Driving pattern A) without the same
malfunction. (The DTC still remain in
ECM.)

DRIVING PATTERN A

MBIB0923E

• The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.

EC-910
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000001640018

INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators. C
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D

E
MEF036D

It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter- F

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.

SEF233G
I

A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the “WORK FLOW”.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

EC-911
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

PBIB0477E

*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
SULTS” is other than “0”, perform form EC-943. cannot be performed, check main
EC-943. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-944.
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
tected, perform EC-943.

Description for Work Flow

STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the “DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the DTC and the freeze frame data,
then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Refer to EC-906.
STEP II
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-943.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The “Symp-
tom Matrix Chart” will be useful. Refer to EC-918.) Also check related service bulletins for information.

EC-912
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-943. EC
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-943.
C
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot
be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection. D
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-915. Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-918. E
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT- F
III. Refer to EC-929 or EC-940.
STEP VI The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec-
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-23, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “Circuit Inspection”. G
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-943.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and H
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still
STEP VII
detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to I
EC-906.)

DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of J
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is K
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
L
organize all the information for troubleshooting.

M
SEF907L

EC-913
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Worksheet Sample

MTBL0533

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000001640019

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

EC-914
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Priority Detected items (DTC) A

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
EC
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
• P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor C
• P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
• P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor D
• P0563 Battery voltage
• P0605 P0606 P1616 ECM
• P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
• P1610 - P1615 NATS E
• P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
• P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
2 • P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump F
• P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
• P0686 ECM relay
• P1212 TCS communication line
G
3 • P0088 P0093 Fuel system
• P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P0234 Turbocharger system
• P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor H
• P0504 ASCD brake switch
• P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch
• P1211 TCS control unit
I
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000001640020

Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied; J
• Headlamp switch is OFF.
• On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps. K
• Air conditioner switch is OFF.
• Rear defogger switch is OFF.
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
L

1.INSPECTION START
M
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-8.
3. Open engine hood and check the following: N
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts O
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
P
>> GO TO 2.

SEF142I

EC-915
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector.
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Filter".

>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
EC-916
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Filter".
A
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. C
3. Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position) D

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed. E

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9. G
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
I
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
J
Voltage: More than 12.13V
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY L
Refer to SC-3.
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-12. M
NG >> Repair or replace.
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
N
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-226, "On-Vehicle Service".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. O
NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”.
13.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
P
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)

EC-917
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector.
2. GO TO 3.

Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000001640021

SYMPTOM

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

ENGINE STALL

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 —
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 EC-990
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1140
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 EM-239
EGR system 3 3 EC-1147
Air cleaner and duct 3 3 EM-151
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-959

EC-918
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
SYMPTOM
A

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

EC

ENGINE STALL
D

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

E

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

F

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER
H

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE
I

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

J
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-1074
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-990
MA-31 or K
ENGINE CONTROL

Fuel filter 1 1 1 1 1
MA-33
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-962
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-972 L
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 LAN-56
EC-976,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-1004, M
EC-1124
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-985
N

EC-919
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
SYMPTOM

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

page

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)

WHEN DECELERATING

POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING

LACK OF POWER

LOW IDLE
AT IDLE

HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1021
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3 3 EC-1032
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-1016
Turbocharger boost control solenoid
1 1 1 EC-1154
valve circuit
Intake air control valve control solenoid
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1159
ENGINE CONTROL

valve
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1184
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-944
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-944
Cooling fan relay circuit EC-995
EGR volume control valve circuit 1 1 1 EC-1147
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-1140
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-1087
EC-1070,
ECM, Connector circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1072,
EC-1119
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 EC-906
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-920
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

SYMPTOM A

OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

EC

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

Can be detected by CONSULT-III?

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
D

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

page

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

IDLING VIBRATION
E

BLACK SMOKE

WHITE SMOKE
F

Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA G

Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 —
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 EC-990
Glow control system 1 EC-1140
H

Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3 EM-239

EGR system 3 EC-1147
I
Air cleaner and duct 3 EM-151
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 EC-959
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1 EC-1074 J
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-990
MA-31 or
Fuel filter 1 K
MA-33
ENGINE CONTROL

Fuel injector adjustment value registration 1 1 1 1 1 EC-904

Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-962
L
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-972
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1 LAN-56
EC-976, M
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-1004,
EC-1124
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-985 N

EC-921
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

Can be detected by CONSULT-III?

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

page

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

IDLING VIBRATION

BLACK SMOKE

WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-1021
Camshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 EC-1032
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 EC-1016
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
1 1 EC-1154
cuit
ENGINE CONTROL

Start signal circuit EC-1184

Ignition switch circuit EC-944
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 EC-944
Cooling fan relay circuit 2 EC-995
EGR volume control valve circuit 1 EC-1147
Glow relay circuit 1 EC-1140
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 EC-1087
EC-1070,
ECM, Connector circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1072
EC-1119
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 EC-906
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-922
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000001640022

EC

MBIB1198E
M

1. IPDM E/R 2. ECM 3. Glow relay

4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. Refrigerant pressure sensor 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor N
7. Fuel pump 8. Cooling fan motor 9. Intake air control valve actuator
10. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Turbocharger control actuator
valve O
13. Camshaft position sensor 14. Glow plug 15. Fuel injector
16. Fuel rail pressure sensor 17. Intake air control valve control 18. EGR volume control valve
solenoid valve
P

EC-923
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MBIB1243E

: Vehicle front
1. Fuel temperature sensor 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. EGR volume control valve
4. Fuel rail pressure sensor 5. Camshaft position sensor 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor

EC-924
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

L
MBIB1249E

: Vehicle front M
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor
(View from under the vehicle)
4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. ASCD brake switch 6. Stop lamp switch N
(View with front grille removed)
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor
O

EC-925
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MBIB1289E

: Vehicle front
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2. Turbocharger control actuator 3. PNP switch (M/T)
valve (View with air cleaner upper (View from under the vehicle)
case removed)
4. Intake air control valve control sole- 5. ASCD steering switch 6. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
noid valve
7. SET/COAST switch 8. MAIN switch 9. CANCEL switch

EC-926
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000001640023

EC

MBWA1328E
P

EC-927
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MBWA1269E

EC-928
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000001640024

EC

MBIB0045E

D
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640025

E
PREPARATION
1. ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind coolant
reservoir tank.
F
2. Remove ECM harness connector.

BBIA0537E

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with I

levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector. J
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
K

L
PBIB1512E

ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. M
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

EC-929
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
1
(B)
2
— ECM ground — —
(B)
3
(B)

Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(V) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

114 MBIB1295E

(B)
Approximately 8.0V

[Engine is running]
5 Fuel injector power supply
• Warm-up condition
(G) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1296E

Approximately 6.3V

[Engine is running]
6 114 Turbocharger boost control
• Warm-up condition
(BR) (B) solenoid valve
• Idle speed

MBIB0889E

Approximately 8.6V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

MBIB0885E
10 114
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

EC-930
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] EC
(11 - 14V)
15 114 Intake air control valve con-
(GR) (B) trol solenoid valve [Ignition switch OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition Approximately 0.3V
switch OFF C
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition D
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(P)
at idle E
MBIB1297E
114
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(W) F

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
Fuel injector No. 3
(W)

MBIB1298E
H
25
(Y)
26 0.1 - 14V
I
(O) [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
114
EGR volume control valve • Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 (B)
• Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
(GR) control valve.) J
28
(V)

0.5 - 1.0V K

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition L
• Idle speed

29 114 MBIB0887E M
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V

N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
MBIB0888E

37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-1140, "Description". P
(G) (B)

EC-931
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
40 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 4
(W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(GR)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114
42 (B)
Fuel injector No. 1 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
43 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(B)

MBIB1298E

44 114 Crankshaft position sensor

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply
45 114 Camshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply

Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB0879E
46 114
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.7V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

47 114 MBIB0877E
Camshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.9V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

EC-932
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Engine is running]
48 EC
• Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
(L)
68 • Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
(W) [Engine is running]
49
• Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V C
(B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Approximately 0 - 5.0V
50 69 Fuel pump temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with fuel D
(Y) (B) sor • Warm-up condition
pump temperature
Approximately 0 - 5.0V
51 70 Engine coolant temperature [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(SB) (LG) sensor • Warm-up condition E
coolant temperature
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.1V
52 71 • Idle speed F
Turbocharger boost sensor
(BR) (L) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G
[Engine is running]
53 72 • Warm-up condition
Refrigerant pressure sensor 0.7 - 3.7V
(W) (L) • Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates) H
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
I
• Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.8V
54 73 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor
(G) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re- J
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 sponse to engine being increased
rpm. to about 4,000 rpm)

55 74 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.9V K
Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) sor • Warm-up condition
air temperature
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor L
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(R) (W) power supply
Sensor power supply
64 71
(Turbocharger boost sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(V) (L) M
Refrigerant pressure sensor)
65 Crankshaft position sensor
— — —
(B) ground
66 Camshaft position sensor
N
— — —
(B) ground
Sensor ground
67 — — — O
(Sensor shield circuit)
68 Fuel rail pressure sensor
— — —
(W) ground
69 Fuel pump temperature sen- P
— — —
(B) sor ground
70 Engine coolant temperature
— — —
(LG) sensor ground
71 Turbocharger boost sensor
— — —
(L) ground

EC-933
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor
— — —
(BR) ground
73
— Mass air flow sensor ground — —
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sen-
— — —
(R) sor ground
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
84 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal position — —
sensor shield circuit)
87
— CAN communication line — —
(P)
89 114 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V - Battery volt-
Data link connector
(SB) (B) • CONSULT-III: Disconnected age (11 - 14V)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
92 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 2 ground
95
— CAN communication line — —
(L)
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0.3V
99 114
Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
(V) (B) [Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
100 114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(V) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: (11 - 14V)
101 114 Fully released (M/T)
ASCD brake switch
(W) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
Approximately 0V
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
Slightly depressed (M/T)

EC-934
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 4.0V EC
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
• ON/OFF switch: Pressed
102 103 [Ignition switch ON] C
ASCD steering switch Approximately 1.0V
(SB) (B) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 3.0V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed D
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 2.0V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
103 ASCD steering switch E
— — —
(B) ground
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF] F
Approximately 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
105 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(BR) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE G
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
107
(R) H
114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R)
[Ignition switch ON]
I
110 Approximately 0V
114 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
(G: A/T) Park/Neutral position switch
(B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O: M/T)
• Except the above position (11 - 14V) J
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition K
113 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(BR) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni- L
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
114
— ECM ground — —
(B)
M
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G) N
121 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch OFF]
(V) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) O

CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000001640026

P
FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*

EC-935
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Diagnostic test mode Function
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic mainte-
Function test
nance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Item DATA MON-
FREEZE ACTIVE
ITOR
DTC FRAME TEST
DATA
Crankshaft position sensor × × ×
Camshaft position sensor ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × ×
Vehicle speed signal × × ×
Fuel pump temperature sensor × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 × ×
Fuel rail pressure sensor × ×
Mass air flow sensor × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Intake air temperature sensor ×

INPUT Turbocharger boost sensor × × ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor ×
Battery voltage × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch ×
Heat up switch ×
Stop lamp switch × ×
Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) × ×
Fuel injector adjustment resistor ×
ASCD steering switch × ×
ASCD brake switch × ×
ASCD clutch switch × ×
Fuel pump × × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
Glow relay × ×
Cooling fan relay × × ×
OUTPUT
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve × ×
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve ×
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve
EGR volume control valve × ×
X: Applicable

EC-936
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
A
Work Item

WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE

EC
ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA • Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory. When performing Injector Adjust-
ment Value Registration.
CONFIG CLR • ASCD and VDC application status stored in ECM is initial- When initializing ASCD and VDC
ized. application status stored in ECM. C
NOTE:
After the status is initialized, ECM recognizes ASCD and
VDC application status when the following conditions are D
met.
• For ASCD: ASCD MAIN switch is pressed.
• For VDC: VDC switch* is ON.
INJ ADJ VAL CLR • Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized. Before changing injector adjust- E
ment value stored in ECM, it is
recommended to perform this
work item.
F
*: The signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
G
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to — EC-888.
Freeze Frame Data H

Freeze frame data item Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. I
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-888.)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. J
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. K
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

DATA MONITOR MODE L

Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• The engine speed computed from the M
CKPS·RPM (TDC) [rpm] crankshaft position sensor signal is
displayed.
• The engine coolant temperature (de- When the engine coolant temperature N
COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or termined by the signal voltage of the circuit is open or short, ECM enters fail-
[°F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is safe mode. The engine coolant tempera-
displayed. ture determined by the ECM is displayed.
[km/h] O
• The vehicle speed computed form the
VHCL SPEED SE or
vehicle speed signal is displayed.
[mph]

[°C] or
• The fuel temperature (determined by P
FUEL TEMP SEN the signal voltage of the fuel pump
[°F]
temperature sensor) is displayed.
This signal is converted by ECM internal-
• The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL POS SEN [V] ly. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals
1 signal voltage is displayed.
voltage.

EC-937
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
This signal is converted by ECM internal-
• The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] ly. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals
2 signal voltage is displayed.
voltage.
• The Fuel rail pressure (determined by
ACT CR PRESS [MPa] the signal voltage of the fuel rail pres-
sure sensor) is displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT [V]
displayed.
[ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
P/N POSI SW
OFF] park/neutral position switch signal.
[ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
START SIGNAL
OFF] starter signal.
[ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
BRAKE SW
OFF] stop lamp switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
[ON/
BRAKE SW2 ASCD brake switch and ASCD clutch
OFF]
switch signal.
[ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ig-
IGN SW
OFF] nition switch signal.
This signal is converted by ECM internal-
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow
MAS AIR/FL SE [V] ly. Thus, these differ from ECM terminals
sensor is displayed.
voltage.
• Indicates the amount of actual fuel in-
TARGET F/INJ [mm3/] jection compensated by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals.
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
MAIN INJ WID [msec] width compensated by ECM according
to the input signals.
• Indicates the fuel injection timing (BT-
TARG INJ TIMG [°] DC) computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
• Indicates the fuel pump power supply
PUMP CURRENT [mA]
current from the ECM.
• The glow relay control condition (deter-
[ON/
GLOW RLY mined by ECM according to the input
OFF]
signal) is displayed.
• Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fans (determined by ECM ac-
[LOW/
cording to the input signal).
COOLING FAN HI/
HI ... Operates at high speed
OFF]
LOW ... Operates at low speed
OFF ... Stopped
• Indicates the EGR volume control val-
ue computed by the ECM according to
EGR VOL CON/V [step] the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
• Indicates the turbocharger boost con-
trol solenoid valve control value com-
TC V/N CONT/V [%]
puted by the ECM according to the
input signals.
• The intake air volume computed from
INT/A VOLUME [mg/] the mass air flow sensor signal is dis-
played.

EC-938
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• The barometric pressure (determined
by the signal voltage from the absolute
BARO SEN [kPa]
pressure sensor built into the ECM) is
displayed. EC
• Turbocharger boost (determined by
INT/M PRES SE [kPa] the signal voltage from the turbocharg-
er boost sensor) is displayed.
C
• The cylinder being injected is dis-
played.
[1/2/3/ 1 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected.
CYL COUNT D
4] 2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
3 ... Cylinder No.3 is injected.
4 ... Cylinder No.4 is injected.
SET SW [ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from E
[ON/OFF] OFF] SET/COAST switch signal.
[ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RE-
RESUME/ACC SW
OFF] SUME/ACCEL switch signal.
F
[ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
CANCEL SW
OFF] CANCEL switch signal.
MAIN SW [ON/ • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from G
[ON/OFF] OFF] MAIN switch signal.
[YES/ • Displaying ASCD application status
ASCD APPLY
NO] stored in ECM.
H
[YES/ • Displaying VDC application status
VDC APPLY
NO] stored in ECM.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN [V] I
pressure sensor is displayed.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
J
ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) K

• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
• A/C switch: OFF • Harness and connectors L
POWER BAL-
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies. • Compression
ANCE
(M/T) • Fuel injector
• Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-III M
• Ignition switch: ON
• Harness and connector
• Operate the cooling fan at LOW, Cooling fan moves at LOW, HI
COOLING FAN * • Cooling fan motor
HI speed and turn OFF using speed and stops.
• Cooling fan relay N
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original trou- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT ble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor O
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped) P
Glow relay makes the operating • Harness and connector
GLOW RLY • Turn the glow relay ON and OFF
sound. • Glow relay
using CONSULT-III and listen to
operating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
EGR VOL CONT/ • Change EGR volume control EGR volume control valve makes an • Harness and connector
V valve opening step using CON- operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
SULT-III.

EC-939
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Ignition switch: ON
PRES REGULA- • Fuel line
• Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR • Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-III
PUMP LEANT • This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing".
*:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

FUNCTION TEST
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640027

Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
cation. chometer indication
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedome- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
ter indication speedometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

ACCEL POS SEN*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.28 - 0.48V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0V
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4V
(Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.4 - 1.8V
MAS AIR/FL SE* • Shift lever:
1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• No load
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased
to about 4,000 rpm)
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Shift lever:
ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: OFF
Fully released (M/T)
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
(A/T)
ON
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
Slightly depressed (M/T)
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACT CR PRESS • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa
• No load

EC-940
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle 4.00 - 10.00 mm3/
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
TARGET F/INJ • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 6.00 - 12.00 mm3/
EC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec
• Shift lever:
MAIN INJ WID
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Blower fan switch: ON C
0.50 - 0.80 msec
• Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON

• Engine: After warming up

• Air conditioner switch: OFF D
TARG INJ TIMG • Shift lever: Idle –1.0 - 1.0 °
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• No load
E
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-1140.
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT • Shift lever:
F
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load
Engine coolant temperature: G
OFF
97°C (207°F) or less
• Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature: Be-
COOLING FAN the engine tween 98°C (208°F) and 104°C LOW H
• Air conditioner switch: OFF (219°F)
Engine coolant temperature:
HI
105°C (221°F) or more
I
• Engine: After warming up After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
EGR VOL CON/V • Shift lever: Revving engine from idle to 3,200
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0 step J
rpm
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF K
TC V/N CONT/V • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40%
• No load
L
INT/A VOLUME • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100.00 kPa
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/M PRES SE 3,600 rpm Approx. 140.00 kPa M
• Shift lever:
[kPa]
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
4,000 rpm Approx. 135.00 kPa
• No load
Altitude N
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
O
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907kg/cm2,
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16 P
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2,
12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2,
11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT • Engine is running 1→3→4→2

EC-941
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
OFF
Released
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
Models with ASCD YES
ASCD APPLY • Ignition switch: ON
Models without ASCD NO
Models with VDC YES
VDC APPLY • Ignition switch: ON
Models without VDC NO
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

EC-942
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640029

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indi- C
cate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENT REPORT SITUATIONS
D
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
E
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640030

G
1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-906, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
OK or NG L
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.
M

EC-943
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640031

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
1
(B)
2
— ECM ground — —
(B)
3
(B)
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
105 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(BR) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
107
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R)
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
113 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(BR) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
114
— ECM ground — —
(B)
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G)
121 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch OFF]
(V) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)

EC-944
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640032

EC

MBWA1034E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640033

1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
EC-945
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM connector terminal as follows.

+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage

1
F1 2
E20 107 Battery voltage
3
E20 114
1
F1 2
E20 108 Battery voltage
3
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Fuse block (J/B) connector M88
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
EC-946
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground. A
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. EC

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. C
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
D
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
E

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. G
4. Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.

+ – H
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage

1
F1 2 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery I
E20 119 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114 J
1
F1 2 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E20 120 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
3 K
drop approximately 0V.
E20 114
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 10.
M
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows. N

+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage O
1
F1 2
E20 105 Battery voltage P
3
E20 114
1
F1 2
E20 113 Battery voltage
3
E20 114

EC-947
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.

+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage

1
F1 2
E20 121 Battery voltage
3
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-948
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
G
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. H

2. Also check harness for short to power.

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground K

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

L
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.
OK or NG M
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000001640034
N

Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can O
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. P
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.

EC-949
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-23, "Ground Distribution".

PBIB1870E

EC-950
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640035

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640036
D
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN • Harness or connectors
U1000 CAN communication
communication signal of OBD (emission-related (CAN communication line is open or F
1000 line
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640037

G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
I
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-951
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640038

MBWA1035E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640039

Go to LAN-56, "CAN Communication Signal Chart for Diesel Engine Models".

EC-952
 DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640040

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.
C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
D
• Camshaft position sensor
Crankshaft position - The correlation between crankshaft position sen-
P0016 • Crankshaft position sensor
camshaft position cor- sor signal and camshaft position sensor signal is
0016 • Timing chain
relation out of the normal range.
• Signal plate E

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640041

NOTE: F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. G
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-953, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640042

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR I

Refer to EC-1036, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
2.CHECK SPROCKET
K
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace sprocket.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1025, "Component Inspection". M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. N

4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace the signal plate. P
5.CHECK TIMING CHAIN
Refer to EM-207 and EM-213.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace timing chain.

EC-953
 DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-954
 DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640043

NOTE: EC
If DTC P0088 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
Fuel rail pressure too high • Fuel injector
0088 fied value.
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
D

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640044

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-955, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640045
H
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace fuel rail. J
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-994, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
L
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1077, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL PUMP N

1. Replace fuel pump.

2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
O

>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-955
 DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640046

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-178.
FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-183.

EC-956
 DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640047

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. EC

NOTE:
If DTC P0089 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Fuel pump
D
P0089 • Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pump performance Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.
0089 • Lack of fuel
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640048

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. G
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-957, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640049

1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING I

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure. J
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". K
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-957, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. L
7. Is DTC detected again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
N
5. Perform EC-957, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
6. Is DTC detected again?
Yes or No
O
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR P
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1077, "Component Inspection".

EC-957
 DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace Fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640050

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-183.

EC-958
 DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640051

NOTE: EC
If DTC P0093 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
• Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. • Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the • Fuel pipe D
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) • Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
E
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001735866

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a DTC might not be con- F
firmed.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine. G

WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. H
If there are any signs, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If there is no signs, go to next step.
2. Check oil level. I
If oil level is above the proper range, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. J
If fuel leakage is found, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
K
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.

Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa L

6. If NG, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH GST
M
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not.
If there are any signs, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If there is no signs, go to next step.
N
2. Check oil level.
If oil level is above the proper range, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. O
If fuel leakage is found, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
4. Select Service $1 mode with GST. P
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.

Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa

6. If NG, go to EC-960, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-959
 DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640053

1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-959, "Overall Function Check", again.
7. Is the result NG again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906, "Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC)".
5. Perform EC-959, "Overall Function Check", again.
6. Is the result NG again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK
1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak.
- Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail
- Fuel rail
- Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector
3. Also check for improper connection or pinches.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-960, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640054

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

EC-960
 DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
With CONSULT-III
WARNING: A
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
C
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT-III.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on D
the CONSULT-III screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve. E
WARNING: PBIB1941E
• Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately. F

Without CONSULT-III
WARNING: G
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
H
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose.
4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds. I
5. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING: J
• Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately. K
PBIB1941E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640055

L
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-178.
FUEL PUMP M
Refer to EM-183.

EC-961
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640056

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640057

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4V
(Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up
Idle 1.4 - 1.8V
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS AIR/FL SE*
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
• No load Engine is revving from idle to (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
about 4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased
to about 4,000 rpm)
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640058

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.8V
54 73 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor
(G) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.4 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 sponse to engine being increased
rpm. to about 4,000 rpm)
Sensor ground
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)
73
— Mass air flow sensor ground — —
(B)

EC-962
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch ON]
105 [Ignition switch OFF] EC
Approximately 1.0V
(BR) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(B)
[Ignition switch OFF] C
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(BR) (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 D
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G)
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640059

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0102 low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short- G
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0103 high input sent to ECM. • Mass air flow sensor
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640060

NOTE:
I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
J
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-964, "Diagnosis Procedure". K

EC-963
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640061

MBWA1036E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640062

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-964
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
MBIB1200E

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground with K

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M

PBIB1597E
N
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4 O
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and mass air flow sensor
• Harness for open or short between ECM and mass air flow sensor
P
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 73.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

EC-965
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-966, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640063

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS AIR/FL SE” and check indication under the following conditions.

Condition MAS AIR/FL SE (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.8
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 1.4 - 1.8 to Approx. 4.0*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again.
If OK, go to next step.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.

EC-966
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
8. Perform step 2 to 4 again.
9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. A

Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. EC
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connectors as follows.
C
(+) (–)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V D
54 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.4 - 1.8V
F1 (MAF sensor F1 73 erating temperature.)
signal) E
1.4 - 1.8V to Ap-
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
prox. 4.0V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. F
a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element G
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 3 again. H
If OK, go to next step.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. I
7. Perform step 2 and 3 again.
8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
J
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640064

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR K

Refer to EM-151.

EC-967
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640065

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>

Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground.

SEF012P

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640066

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0112 sor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0113 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0113 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Intake air temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640067

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-969, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-968
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640068

EC

MBWA1037E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640069

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-969
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1200E

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB2176E

3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 74.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-970
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

Refer to EC-971, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END D

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640070

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR E

1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 1
and 2 under the following conditions.
F
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
G
2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).
H
PBIA9559J

SEF012P L

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640071

M
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EM-151.
N

EC-971
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640072

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>

Engine coolant tempera-

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
ture °C (°F)
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640073

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0117 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0118 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Engine coolant temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640074

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-973, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-972
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640075

EC

MBWA1038E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640076

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-973
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (1) harness con-
nector.
- : Vehicle front
- EGR volume control valve (2)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1230E

3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

SEF193Z

3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 70. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EC-974
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Refer to EC-975, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC

Refer to EC-943.
C
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640077
D
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
E
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB2005E
H

<Reference data>
I
Engine coolant temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 J
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
K

SEF012P

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640078

L

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-226. M

EC-975
 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640079

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640080

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

ACCEL POS SEN*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.28 - 0.48V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0V
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640081

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
84 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal position — —
sensor shield circuit)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
92 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 2 ground

EC-976
 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640082

A
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC
DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-1079.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
P0122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 sensor 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor D
0123 sensor 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640083

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-978, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-977
 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640084

MBWA1039E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640085

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC-978
 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".
A

EC

MBIB1218E D

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
E
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H

MBIB1201E

K
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

N
PBIB2608E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 84.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. P

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-979
 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-980, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640086

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminal as follows.

(+) (–)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

83 Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

E20 E20 84 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed More than 4.3V

91 Fully released 0.28 - 0.48V

E20 E20 92 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 2.0V
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640087

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.

EC-980
 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640088

Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel EC
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640089

C
Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

D
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640090

E
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO. F
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

50 69 Fuel pump temperature sen- [Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 5.0V G
Output voltage varies with fuel
(Y) (B) sor • Warm-up condition
pump temperature
69 Fuel pump temperature sen- H
— — —
(B) sor ground

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640091

I
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
J
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
• Fuel pump temperature sensor
K
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640092

L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. N
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-982, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-981
 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640093

MBWA1040E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640094

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-982
 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect fuel pump temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
PBIB1942E

3. Check voltage between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal K

1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. M

PBIB2651E
N
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 69.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-983
 DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-943.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640095

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-183.

EC-984
 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640096

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The EC
sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throttling device. The ECM uses the signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
C
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640097

Specification data are reference values.

D
MONITOR CONDITION SPECIFICATOIN
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
• Air conditioner switch: OFF E
ACT CR PRESS
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa
• No load
F
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640098

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
G
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ – H
[Engine is running]
48
• Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
(L)
68 • Idle speed I
Fuel rail pressure sensor
(W) [Engine is running]
49
• Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V
(B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
J
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(R) (W) power supply
Sensor ground K
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)
68 Fuel rail pressure sensor
— — —
(W) ground
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640099

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. M

NOTE:
If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.
N
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
O
P0193 Fuel rail temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0193 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Fuel rail temperature sensor
P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640100

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.

EC-985
 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-986, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640101

MBWA1041E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640102

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

EC-986
 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. A
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front E
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit) F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor (1) harness connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1202E
K

3. Check voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester. L

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. N

MBIB1292E
O
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check harness continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 68.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG

EC-987
 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 48, 49 and fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640103

FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

+ −
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
48 Idle 1.4 - 1.7 V
F1 F1 68
49 2,000 rpm 1.7- 2.0V
4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and connect it
again. Then repeat above check.
5. If NG, replace fuel rail.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640104

FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-178.

EC-988
 DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640105

EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
• ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640106

NOTE: D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-989, "Diagnosis Procedure". F

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640107

G
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-989, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. I
5. Is DTC P0200 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906. J
3. Perform EC-989, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC 0200 displayed again?
Yes or No K
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM L

1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
M
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion". N

>> INSPECTION END

O

EC-989
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640108

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.

PBIB0465E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640109

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec

MAIN INJ WID • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Blower fan switch: ON
• Idle speed 0.50 - 0.80 msec
Rear window defogger switch: ON

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640110

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(V) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
MBIB1295E
114
(B)
Approximately 8.0V

[Engine is running]
5 Fuel injector power supply
• Warm-up condition
(G) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB1296E

EC-990
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2 EC
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
22 NOTE: C
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(P)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114 D
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running] E
• Warm-up condition
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 3
(W)
F
MBIB1298E

40 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 4
(W) G
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 H
(GR) The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

114 MBIB1297E

(B)
I
42 Approximately 8.0V
Fuel injector No. 1
(W)

[Engine is running] J
• Warm-up condition
43 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(B)
K
MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640111

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
M

P0201 No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
0201 circuit open through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector.
N
P0202 No. 2 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • Fuel injector
0203 circuit open through No. 3 cylinder fuel injector. O
P0204 No. 4 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
0204 circuit open through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector.
P
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640112

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).

EC-991
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640113

MBWA1042E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640114

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN AND SHORT CIRCUIT
EC-992
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
EC
gram.

Terminal
DTC Cylinder C
ECM Fuel injector
P0201 4 1 No.1
P0202 5 1 No.2 MBIB1203E D
P0203 5 1 No.3
P0204 4 1 No.4
E
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
2.CHECK FUEL INJECOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

Terminal
DTC Cylinder I
ECM Fuel injector
P0201 42, 43 2 No.1
P0202 21, 22 2 No.2 J
P0203 23, 24 2 No.3
P0204 40, 41 2 No.4
K
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
Refer to EC-994, "Component Inspection".
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
O
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder. P
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-991, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
8. Is another DTC displayed?

EC-993
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
6. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, EC-991, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
7. Is another DTC displayed?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion".

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640115

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

MBIB1253E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640116

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-178.

EC-994
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640117

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-951. C
Cooling Fan Control

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Cooling fan IPDM E/R
control (Cooling fan relays) E
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. F
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
Cooling Fan Operation G

L
MBIB1266E

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line. M

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2 N
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
O
High (HI) ON ON

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
P
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.

EC-995
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 3
High (HI) 2 3

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640118

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(207°F) or less
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
Engine coolant temperature: Between
COOLING FAN engine LOW
98°C (208°F) and 104°C (219°F)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
HI
(221°F) or more

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640119

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
• Cooling fan
heat).
• Cooling fan (driven by crankshaft)
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
• Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat).
• Radiator
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system
• Radiator cap
using the proper filling method.
• Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified
• Reservoir tank cap
range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-1002,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001640120

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
• Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or reservoir tank.
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

WITH CONSULT-III

EC-996
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-999,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-999,
"Diagnosis Procedure".
C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W

D
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-999, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. E
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-999, F
"Diagnosis Procedure".
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-999,
G
"Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors
operation, refer to PG-16, "Auto Active Test".
H
4. If NG, go to EC-999, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF621W

EC-997
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640121

MBWA1332E

EC-998
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBWA1068E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640122 P

1.CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates normally.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2.

EC-999
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-52, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (LOW/HI).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to “PROCEDURE A”.)
3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-16, "Auto Active
Test".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operate at each speed (Low/High).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Go to “PROCEDURE A”.)
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection".
• Reservoir tank (1)
• SST (EG17650301): A
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check the following for leak. Refer to CO-39, "Inspec-
tion". MBIB1204E

• Hose
• Radiator
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank
5.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check reservoir tank cap
relief pressure.
Refer to CO-44, "Removal and Installation".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace reservoir tank cap.

SLC755AC

6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS

Check the following.
• Thermostat. Refer to CO-56.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-975, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

EC-1000
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES A

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1002, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating".

EC
>> INSPECTION END
PROCEDURE A
C
1.CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E14. D
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

G
PBIB2607E

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. H
• 40A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery
I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
- Radiator shroud (upper) (2) K
2. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan motor terminal 1 and IPDM E/R terminal 20,
cooling fan motor terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
MBIB1205E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
N
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 3 and ground. O
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. P

2. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Refer to EC-1002, "Component Inspection".
EC-1001
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-943.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-14.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000001640123

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio".
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in See CO-39, "Inspection".
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester See CO-44, "Removal and Installation".

ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-39, "Inspection".

ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-56.
lower radiator hoses

ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P0217 (EC-995).
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft
ON*2 7
driven)
• Visual Operating See CO-52.

OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —

tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving See CO-39, "Changing
ervoir tank and idling Engine Coolant".

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in See CO-39, "Inspection".
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-226.
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-242.
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-36.

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640124

COOLING FAN MOTOR

EC-1002
 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and A
check operation.

Cooling fan motor terminals EC

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
Low (LOW) 1 3
C
High (HI) 2 3
Cooling fan motor should operate. MBIB1241E
If NG, replace cooling fan motor. D

EC-1003
 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640125

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640126

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

ACCEL POS SEN*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.56 - 0.96V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.0V
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640127

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
84 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal position — —
sensor shield circuit)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
92 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 2 ground

EC-1004
 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640128

A
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC
DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
P0222 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor • Harness or connectors
0222 sensor 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0223 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor D
0223 sensor 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640129

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1006, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1005
 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640130

MBWA1043E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640131

1.CHCEK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-1006
 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
MBIB1201E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with K

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power M
in harness or connectors.

PBIB2611E
N
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 92.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1007
 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 91 and APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1008, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640132

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminal as follows.

(+) (–)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

83 Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

E20 E20 84 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed More than 4.3V

91 Fully released 0.28 - 0.48V

E20 E20 92 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 2.0V
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640133

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.

EC-1008
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640134

The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls EC
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
C

MBIB0626E E

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air F
pressure rises.
• : Vehicle front
• Alternator (2)
G

MBIB1206E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640135

I

Specification data are reference values.

J
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF K
TC V/N CONT/V
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40%
• No load

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640136

L

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. M

EC-1009
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 6.3V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

6 114 Turbocharger boost control MBIB0889E

(BR) (B) solenoid valve

Approximately 8.6V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0890E

[Ignition switch ON]

105 [Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
(BR) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(BR) (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640137

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0234 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Turbocharger
P0234 Turbocharger overboost ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure • Vacuum pump
0234 condition is excessively high. • Turbocharger boost sensor
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000001640138

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
1. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-1010
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started. A
3. If NG, go to EC-1012, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC

MBIB1207E

EC-1011
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640139

MBWA1044E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640140

1.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1012
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to turbocharger control
actuator (1). A
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence.
EC
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. C
NG >> GO TO 2.
MBIB1208E

2.CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
E
Refer to EC-897, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
F
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.

H
SEF109L

3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) har- I
ness connector.
- : Vehicle front
- Alternator (2) J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1206E
L

3. Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. M

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
O

MBIB1242E
P
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• Harness for open or short between ECM and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1013
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGE BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1014, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
7.CHECK VACUUM PUMP
Refer to EM-176.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly.
8.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Install a vacuum pump A to turbocharger boost control actuator
(1).
3. Make sure that the turbocharger boost control actuator rod
moves smoothly when applying vacuum of -53.3kPa (-533mbar,
-400mmHg, -15.75inHg) and releasing it.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace turbocharger assembly.

MBIB1209E

9.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

Refer to EC-1020, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640141

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

EC-1014
 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) har-
ness connector. A
• : Vehicle front
• Alternator (2)
EC

MBIB1206E

D
2. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.
3. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control sole-
noid valve under the following conditions. E

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

CONDITIONS
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C) F
12V direct current supply be-
Yes No
tween terminals (1) and (2)
No supply No Yes G
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. MBIB1129E
H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640142

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE I

Refer to EM-154.

EC-1015
 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640143

The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.

MBIB0614E

MBIB0899E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640144

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100.00 kPa
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
INT/M PRES SE [kPa] 3,600 rpm Approx. 140.00 kPa
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
• No load 4,000 rpm Approx. 135.00 kPa

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640145

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.1V
52 71 • Idle speed
Turbocharger boost sensor
(BR) (L) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Sensor power supply
64 71
(Turbocharger boost sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(V) (L)
Refrigerant pressure sensor)
71 Turbocharger boost sensor
— — —
(L) ground

EC-1016
 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640146

A
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
NOTE:
If DTC P0237 or P0238 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for EC
DTC P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
C
P0237 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0237 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0238 circuit high input sent to ECM. • Turbocharger boost sensor D

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640147

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1018, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1017
 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640148

MBWA1045E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640149

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-1018
 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect turbocharge boost sensor (1) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
MBIB1210E

3. Check voltage between turbocharge boost sensor terminal 3 K

and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power M
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0138E
N
3.CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 71.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1019
 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK TURBOCHAGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and turbocharger boost sensor terminal 2. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Refer to EC-1020, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640150

CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

1. Remove turbocharger boost sensor (1) with its harness con-
nected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Use pump (A) to apply pressure sensor as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.
• Inspection should be done at room temperature [10-30°C
(50-86°F)].
4. Check the output voltage between ECM harness connector ter-
minals as follows.
JMBIA0433ZZ

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
0 kPa (0 mbar, 0 Approximately
mmHg, 0 inHg) 2.0V
52 Pressure (Relative
F1 (Turbocharger boost sen- F1 71 to atmospheric pres- +40 kPa (400
sor signal) sure) mbar, Approximately
300mmHg, 2.6V
11.81 inHg)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640151

TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR

Refer to EM-154.

EC-1020
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640152

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
MBIB0618E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640153

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer in- Almost the same speed as the ta- G
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
dication. chometer indication

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640154

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
I
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ – J
44 114 Crankshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply

Approximately 3.7V K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

46 114 MBIB0879E M
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.7V

N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
MBIB0880E

65 Crankshaft position sensor

— — — P
(B) ground
Sensor ground
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1021
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640155

NOTE:
If DTC P0335 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0335 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.)
• Crankshaft position sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640156

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1023, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1022
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640157

EC

MBWA1046E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640158

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-1023
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (1) harness connector.
- Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle
- : Vehicle front
- Starter motor (2)
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1211E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1293E

3.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1024
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR D
Refer to EC-1025, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END G

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640159

H
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector. I
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
J

MBIB0647E
M
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] N

1 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 3 (-)
O
2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.
P
MBIB1294E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640160

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-170.

EC-1025
 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640161

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
MBIB0618E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640162

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS·RPM (TDC)
cation. chometer indication.

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640163

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
44 114 Crankshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply

Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

46 114 MBIB0879E
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.7V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0880E

65 Crankshaft position sensor

— — —
(B) ground
Sensor ground
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1026
 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640164

A
NOTE:
If DTC P0336 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082. EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
C
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the
ed.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running.
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Signal plate D

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640165

NOTE: E
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. F
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1028, "Diagnosis Procedure". G

EC-1027
 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640166

MBWA1046E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640167

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-1028
 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
G
1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (1) harness connector.
- Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle
- : Vehicle front
- Starter motor (2) H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

J
MBIB1211E

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground with K

CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
MBIB1293E
N
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 65 and CKP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
P
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for and short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1029
 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

4.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and CKP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1030, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace the signal plate.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640168

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

MBIB0647E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 3 (-)
2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor.

MBIB1294E

EC-1030
 DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640169

A
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EM-170.
EC

EC-1031
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640170

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification sig-
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
MBIB0618E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640171

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
45 114 Camshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply

Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

47 114 MBIB0877E
Camshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.9V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

66 Camshaft position sensor

— — —
(B) ground
Sensor ground
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640172

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

EC-1032
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
• Harness or connectors
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0340 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.)
EC
• Camshaft position sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640173

C
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
D
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. E
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1034, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1033
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640174

MBWA1047E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640175

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.

EC-1034
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Does the starter motor operate? A

Does the engine turn over?
Yes or No
EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-27.)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection". D

G
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 H
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness con-
nector. K
- : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
L

MBIB1212E

N
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
O
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. P
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1293E

4.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

EC-1035
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1036, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640176

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

MBIB0647E

EC-1036
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.
A
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0 EC
1 (+) - 3 (-)
2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor. C

MBIB1294E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640177

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR E

Refer to EM-193.

EC-1037
 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640178

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification sig-
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
MBIB0618E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640179

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
45 114 Camshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply

Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

47 114 MBIB0877E
Camshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.9V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0878E

66 Camshaft position sensor

— — —
(B) ground
Sensor ground
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640180

NOTE:
If DTC P0341 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

EC-1038
 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
• Harness connectors
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- (The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
0341 circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running. • Camshaft position sensor
EC
• Signal plate

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640181

C
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
D
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. E
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1040, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1039
 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640182

MBWA1047E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640183

1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.

EC-1040
 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Does the starter motor operate? A

Does the engine turn over?
Yes or No
EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-27.)
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection". D

G
MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41 H
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
J
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (1) harness con-
nector. K
- : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
L

MBIB1212E

N
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 3 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
O
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. P
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

MBIB1293E

4.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

EC-1041
 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and CMP sensor terminal 2.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CMP sensor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-1042, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (LEFT SIDE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (left side) (1)
rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft (left side) rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
(left side) rear end or replace camshaft.

MBIB1291E

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640184

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.

EC-1042
 DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
A

EC

MBIB0647E

D
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) ResistanceΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]

E

1 (+) - 2 (-)
Except 0
1 (+) - 3 (-)
F
2 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞
6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.
G
MBIB1294E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640185

H

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EM-193. I

EC-1043
 DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640186

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Refer to EC-1190 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640187

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-951.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
P0501 Vehicle speed sensor A change of vehicle speed signal is excessive-
• Combination meter
0501 range/performance ly large during specified time.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640188

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1044, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1044, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640189

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-50 (models with VDC) or BRC-10 (models without VDC).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1044
 DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

2.CHECK COMBINATION METER A

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-5.
EC
>> INSPECTION END

EC-1045
 DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640190

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Refer to EC-1190 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640191

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-951.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
P0502 Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed signal is excessively low com-
• Combination meter
0502 circuit low input pared with the driving condition.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640192

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.

CKPS·RPM (TDC) More than 2,800 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140 °F)
Clutch pedal (M/T) Released
Shift lever 1st position
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1047, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature (VDC switch OFF).
2. Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.

Engine speed More than 2,800 rpm

Clutch pedal (M/T) Released
Shift lever 1st position
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.

EC-1046
 DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure". A

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640193

EC
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-50 (models with VDC) or BRC-10 (models without VDC).
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER D
Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-5.
E

>> INSPECTION END

F

EC-1047
 DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640194

The ECM receives vehicle speed sensor signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination
meter. The ECM uses this signal for ASCD control. Refer to EC-1190 for ASCD functions.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640195

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P0503 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-951.

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
P0503 Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed signal is excessively high com-
• Combination meter
0503 circuit high input pared with the driving condition.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640196

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1048, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640197

1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-50 (models with VDC) or BRC-10 (models without VDC).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-1048
 DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

2.CHECK COMBINATION METER A

Check combination meter function.
Refer to DI-5.
EC
>> INSPECTION END

EC-1049
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640198

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) and
stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON. ECM detects the state of the
brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-1190 for the ASCD function.

MBIB1214E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640199

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

BRAKE SW Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: OFF
BRAKE SW2 Fully released (M/T)
• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: ON
Slightly depressed (M/T)

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640200

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
100 114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(V) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: (11 - 14V)
101 114 Fully released (M/T)
ASCD brake switch
(W) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
Approximately 0V
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
Slightly depressed (M/T)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640201

The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

EC-1050
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

Trouble Diagnosis A
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• Harness or connectors
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
EC
ed.)
• Harness or connectors
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.) C
• When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h (3 • Harness or connectors
P0504 MPH), ON signal from the stop lamp switch (The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
ASCD brake switch
0504 and OFF signal from the ASCD brake switch shorted.) (M/T)
are sent to the ECM at the same time. • Stop lamp switch D
• ASCD brake switch
• ASCD clutch switch (M/T)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation E
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T)
• ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640202

F

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
I
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. J
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
K
VHCL SPEED SE More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
L
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
5. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
M

VHCL SPEED SE More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position N
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned condition.
O
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
P
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

Vehicle speed More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position

EC-1051
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
6. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
7. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.

Vehicle speed More than 5 km/h (3 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned condition.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1052
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640203

EC

MBWA1048E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640204

A/T MODELS
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-III

EC-1053
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Slightly de-
Battery voltage
100 F1 2 pressed
E20 (Stop lamp Brake pedal
switch signal) 3
Fully released Approx. 0V
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Slightly de-
Approx. 0V
101 F1 2 pressed
E20 (ASCD brake Brake pedal
switch signal) 3
Fully released Battery voltage
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1054
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
A

EC

BBIA0560E

D
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 4.

G
PBIB1184E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
I
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. L

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH N
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. O
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1055
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0560E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0857E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

M/T MODELS
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

EC-1056
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
EC
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON C

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. D

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Slightly de-
Battery voltage
100 F1 2 pressed F
E20 (Stop lamp Brake pedal
switch signal) 3
Fully released Approx. 0V
E20 114
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. H
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. I

CONDITION INDICATION
J
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III K
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows

(+) (-) L
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal:
101 Slightly depressed
Approx. 0V M
F1 2
E20 (ASCD brake
switch signal) 3 Brake pedal and clutch pedal:
Battery voltage
E20 114 Fully released N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 7. O
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P

EC-1057
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

BBIA0560E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0117E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1058
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A

EC

BBIA0624E

D
4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or
tester. E

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage F
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approx. 0V
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0799E
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I

BBIA0560E
L
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. N
NG >> GO TO 9.

O
PBIB0857E

9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1059
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake clutch switch terminal
1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
12.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640205

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.

EC-1060
 DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. A

Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist EC
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-5, and C
perform step 3 again.

SEC023D

D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. E
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity F
Clutch pedal: Fully released Should exist
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist
G
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
H

SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. J
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

M
PBIB2285E

Condition Continuity N
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and perform step 3 again. O

EC-1061
 DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640206

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Battery
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is • Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. • Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640207

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 35 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1062, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640208

1.INSPECTION START
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR
Check that the proper type of battery and alternator is installed.
Refer to, SC-3 and SC-12.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace with a proper one.
3.CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.

SEF439Z

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly.
4.CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER
Check that the battery for the booster is a 12V battery.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Change the vehicle for booster.

EC-1062
 DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN A

With CONSULT-III
1. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Touch “ERASE”. EC
3. Perform EC-1062, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC P0563 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
C
1. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
2. Perform EC-1062, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
3. Is DTC 0563 displayed again?
Yes or No D
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 7.
E
6.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM F
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion". G

>> INSPECTION END

H
7.CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE
Check the following for damage.
• Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn I
• Fuses for short
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC-1063
 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640209

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

PBIB2645E

Refer to EC-1190 for the ASCD function.

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640210

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640211

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 4.0V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
• ON/OFF switch: Pressed
102 103 [Ignition switch ON]
ASCD steering switch Approximately 1.0V
(SB) (B) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 3.0V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 2.0V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
103 ASCD steering switch
— — —
(B) ground

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640212

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

NOTE:

EC-1064
 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
If DTC P0580 or P0581 is displayed with DTC P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0606.
Refer to EC-1072. A

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
EC
P0580 ASCD steering switch • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck • Harness or connectors
0580 circuit low ON. (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P0581 ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD • ASCD steering switch
• ECM C
0581 circuit high steering switch is sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640213

D
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. F
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. G
6. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1066, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

EC-1065
 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640214

MBWA1359E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640215

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

EC-1066
 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

EC

MBIB1218E

D
: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61 E
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III. H
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.

Switch Monitor item Condition Indication I

Pressed ON
MAIN switch MAIN SW
Released OFF
J
Pressed ON
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW
Released OFF

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed ON K
RESUME/ACC SW
switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET/COAST switch SET SW L
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
N
(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0V O
CANSEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1V
102
E20 (ASCD steering E20 103 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2V
switch signal) P
RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3V
ALL ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-1067
 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 17 and ECM terminal 103. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 102 and combination switch terminal 18.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1068, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640216

ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. Disconnect combination switch.

EC-1068
 DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Check continuity between combination switch terminals 17 and
18 with pushing each switch. A

Switch Condition Resistance [Ω]

Pressed Approx. 0 EC
MAIN switch
Released Approx. 4,000
Pressed Approx. 250
CANCEL switch C
Released Approx. 4,000

RESUME/ACCELERATE Pressed Approx. 1,480 MBIB1252E

switch Released Approx. 4,000 D
Pressed Approx. 660
SET/COAST switch
Released Approx. 4,000
E

EC-1069
 DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0605 ECM
Description INFOID:0000000001640217

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640218

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0605 Engine control module
ECM ROM is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605 (ROM)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640219

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1070, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640220

1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1070, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
5. Is DTC P0605 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
3. Perform EC-1070, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC 0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion".

EC-1070
 DTC P0605 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

>> INSPECTION END A

EC

EC-1071
 DTC P0606 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0606 ECM
Description INFOID:0000000001640221

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640222

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0606 Engine control module
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
0606 (Processor)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640223

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1072, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640224

1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1072, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
5. Is DTC P0606 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
3. Perform EC-1072, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC 0606 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion".

EC-1072
 DTC P0606 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

>> INSPECTION END A

EC

EC-1073
 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
Description INFOID:0000000001640225

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640226

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640227

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

EC-1074
 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640228

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EC

P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is • Harness or connectors
0628 low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
shorted.) C
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is
0629 high output short to power. • Fuel pump

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640229 D

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds. F
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1076, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G

EC-1075
 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640230

MBWA1050E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640231

1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1076
 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connector. A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. PBIB1943E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power D
in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. F

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP H
Refer toEC-1077, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. I
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
J
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
K
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943. L

>> INSPECTION END

M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640232

FUEL PUMP N
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
O
Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
3. If NG, replace fuel pump.
P

PBIB0417E

EC-1077
 DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640233

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-183.

EC-1078
 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640234

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. EC

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) C
+ –
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 1 power supply
D
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 1 E
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
84 Accelerator pedal position F
— — —
(B) sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal position — — G
sensor shield circuit)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply H
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 2
I
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
92 Accelerator pedal position
J
— — —
(B) sensor 2 ground

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640235

K
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
P0642 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for sen- • Harness or connectors
0642 cuit low sor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply cir-
cuit is shorted.) M
P0643 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sen- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0643 cuit high sor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640236

N

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at O
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. P
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1080, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1079
 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640237

MBWA1051E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640238

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC-1080
 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".
A

EC

MBIB1218E D

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
E
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H

MBIB1201E

K
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

N
PBIB2608E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-1008, "Component Inspection". O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. P
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1081
 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640239

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
44 114 Crankshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply
45 114 Camshaft position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(W) (B) power supply
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(R) (W) power supply
Sensor power supply
64 71
(Turbocharger boost sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(V) (L)
Refrigerant pressure sensor)
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
84 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal position — —
sensor shield circuit)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
92 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 2 ground

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640240

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

EC-1082
 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
P0652 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Harness or connectors
0652 cuit low for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
EC
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.) C
P0653 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 cuit high for sensor is excessively high. (APP sensor 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor D
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Turbocharger boost sensor
E
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640241

NOTE:
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1084, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

EC-1083
 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640242

MBWA1052E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640243

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC-1084
 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".
A

EC

MBIB1218E D

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
E
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H

MBIB1201E

K
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
NG >> GO TO 3.

N
PBIB2611E

3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS

Check the following. O
Harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram P

90 APP sensor terminal 1 EC-1084
44 Crankshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-1023
45 Camshaft position sensor terminal 3 EC-1034
63 Fuel rail pressure sensor terminal 1 EC-986

EC-1085
 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram
64 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1165
64 Turbocharger boost sensor terminal 3 EC-1018
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-1025, "Component Inspection".)
• Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-1036, "Component Inspection".)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ATC-94, "Magnet Clutch Circuit" or MTC-61, "Magnet Clutch Circuit".)
• Turbocharger boost sensor (Refer to EC-1020, "Component Inspection".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1008, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1086
 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
A
ECM Terminal and Reference valve INFOID:0000000001640244

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. EC

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) C
+ –
[Ignition switch ON]
105 [Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V D
(BR) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni- E
(BR) (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
107
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE F
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R)
119 G
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640245

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
P0686
ECM relay circuit
ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
(The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
J
0686 nition switch OFF.
• ECM relay

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640246 K

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
2. Wait at least 30 seconds.
M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1088, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

EC-1087
 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640247

MBWA1053E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640248

1.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
EC-1088
 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

+ – A
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage

1
EC
F1 2 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E20 119 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114 C
1
F1 2 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E20 120 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then D
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
G
+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage
H
1
F1 2
E20 105 Battery voltage
3 I
E20 114
1
J
F1 2
E20 113 Battery voltage
3
E20 114 K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. L

3.CHECK ECM RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 105, 113 or IPDM E/R terminal 7 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
N
Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG O
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair short to ground in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

EC-1089
 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1090
 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640249

The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS EC
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640250

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from E
TCS control unit unit)
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
• TCS related parts

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640251

F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
H
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640252 I

Go to BRC-50.
J

EC-1091
 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
Description INFOID:0000000001640253

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-951.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640254

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open
ECM can not receive the information from “ABS
P1212 or shorted.)
TCS communication line actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continu-
1212 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ously.
unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640255

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1092, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640256

Go to BRC-50.

EC-1092
 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640257

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs. D

PBIB0465E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640258

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec G

MAIN INJ WID • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Blower fan switch: ON
• Idle speed 0.50 - 0.80 msec
Rear window defogger switch: ON
H
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640259

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. I

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION J
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running] K
• Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(V) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
L
at idle
MBIB1295E
114
(B) M
Approximately 8.0V

[Engine is running] N
5 Fuel injector power supply
• Warm-up condition
(G) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

O
MBIB1296E

EC-1093
 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(P)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 3
(W)

MBIB1298E

40 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 4
(W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(GR)
at idle

114 MBIB1297E

42 (B)
Fuel injector No. 1 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
43 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(B)

MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640260

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not
P1268
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1268
energized.
The valve built into No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not
P1269
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1269
energized. • Injector adjustment value
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not • Fuel injector
P1270
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1270
energized.
The valve built into No. 4 cylinder fuel injector is not
P1271
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1271
energized.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640261

CAUTION:

EC-1094
 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing. A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
C
2. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1096, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
D
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.

CKPS·RPM 700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

E
COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
Shift lever Suitable position
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. F
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1096, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT-III G
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
3. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1096, "Diagnosis Procedure".
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground. I
6. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
J
Engine speed 700 - 2000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)
Voltage between ECM
More than 0.6V
terminal 70 and ground
K
Shift lever Suitable position
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. L
8. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1096, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M

EC-1095
 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640262

MBWA1042E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640263

1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1096
 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-III screen. A

The value displayed on CONSULT-III screen should

be same as injector adjustment value printed on EC
each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
NG >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Reg-
istration".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector. E
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. F

Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector G
P1268 4 1 No.1
P1269 5 1 No.2 MBIB1203E
H
P1270 5 1 No.3
P1271 4 1 No.4

I
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
3.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

Terminal
DTC Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector M
P1268 42, 43 2 No.1
P1269 21, 22 2 No.2
N
P1270 23, 24 2 No.3
P1271 40, 41 2 No.4

O
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG P
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
Refer to EC-1098, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG

EC-1097
 DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “ERASE”.
7. Perform EC-1094, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
8. Is another DTC displayed?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.
2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
6. Perform EC-1094, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
7. Is another DTC displayed?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 7.
6.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640264

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

MBIB1253E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640265

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-178.

EC-1098
 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640266

When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel EC
pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
• :Vehicle front
• Fuel rail (2) C

MBIB1199E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640267

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA G
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load
H
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640268

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
I
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA J
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 5.8V
K

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
L

10 114 MBIB0885E
M
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running] N
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

O
MBIB0886E

EC-1099
 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

MBIB0887E
29 114
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640269

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE:
If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be-
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief • Fuel pump
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open • Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640270

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1101, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1100
 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640271

EC

P
MBWA1050E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640272

1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING

NOTE:

EC-1101
 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-1100, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
7. Is DTC detected again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
5. Perform EC-1100, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
6. Is DTC displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. PBIB1943E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1103, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.

EC-1102
 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-943.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Repair or replace.
7.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
C
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640273

E
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2. F

Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

G
3. If NG, replace fuel pump.

PBIB0417E
I

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640274

J
FUEL RAIL
Refer to EM-178.
FUEL PUMP K
Refer to EM-183.

EC-1103
 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
Description INFOID:0000000001640275

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640276

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640277

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

MBIB0885E
10 114
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

EC-1104
 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640278

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

NOTE: EC
If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or D
shorted.)
P1273
Fuel pump insufficient flow ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure. • Fuel pump
1273
• Injector adjustment value
• Air mixed with fuel E
• Lack of fuel

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640279

F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds.
3. Check DTC. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1106, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1105
 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640280

MBWA1050E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640281

1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-1106
 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
A
The value displayed on CONSULT-III screen should
be same as injector adjustment value printed on
each injector. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Reg- C
istration".
2.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
D
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT-III E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning value clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds. F
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch “ERASE”.
6. Perform EC-1105, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
7. Is DTC detected again? G
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Clear fuel pump learning value. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing". H
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
5. Perform EC-1105, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. I
6. Is DTC displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3. J
No >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel L
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG N
OK >> GO TO 4. PBIB1943E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. O
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. P

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1107
 DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

5.CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-1108, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640282

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.

Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

3. If NG, replace fuel pump.

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640283

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-183.

EC-1108
 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640284

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the EC
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
C
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640285

Specification data are reference values.

D
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF E
PUMP CURRENT
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load
F
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640286

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. G

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION H
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 5.8V
I
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed J

10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump K
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
MBIB0886E

0.5 - 1.0V
N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
O

29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B) P
0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

EC-1109
 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640287

NOTE:
If DTC P1274 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
P1274 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target
Fuel pump protection shorted.)
1274 value.
• Fuel pump
• Fuel rail pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640288

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1111, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1110
 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640289

EC

P
MBWA1050E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640290

1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1111
 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. PBIB1943E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1112, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump.
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640291

FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

EC-1112
 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
A
Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
3. If NG, replace fuel pump.
EC

PBIB0417E

D
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640292

FUEL PUMP E
Refer to EM-183.

EC-1113
 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
Description INFOID:0000000001640293

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640294

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
PUMP CURRENT
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640295

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 5.8V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

10 114 MBIB0885E
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0886E

0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed

29 114 MBIB0887E
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

MBIB0888E

EC-1114
 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640296

NOTE:
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 EC
or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
• Harness or connectors
P1275 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel pump exchange
1275 target value. • Fuel pump D
• Fuel rail pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640297

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds.
3. Check DTC. G
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1116, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1115
 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640298

MBWA1050E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640299

1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1116
 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump harness
connectors. A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 and fuel
pump terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. PBIB1943E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power D
in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump terminal 2. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. F

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR H
Refer to EC-988, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Replace fuel rail.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP
J
Refer to EC-1117, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. K
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE FUEL PUMP
1. Replace fuel pump. L
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".

>> INSPECTION END M

6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-943. N

>> INSPECTION END

O
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640300

FUEL PUMP
P
1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.

EC-1117
 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.

Resistance: 1.5 - 3.0Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

3. If NG, replace fuel pump.

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640301

FUEL PUMP
Refer to EM-183.

EC-1118
 DTC P1616 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1616 ECM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640302

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal EC

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

MBIB0625E E
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640303

F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P1616 Engine control module
ECM ROM is malfunctioning. • ECM
1616 (ROM) G

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640304

NOTE: H
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
J
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640305

K
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1119, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again. M
5. Is DTC P1616 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. N
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
3. Perform EC-1119, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC 1616 displayed again?
Yes or No O
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
P
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion".

EC-1119
 DTC P1616 ECM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1120
 DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640306

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of injector.The EC
injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle

MBIB1251E

G
Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640307

H
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
• Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM.
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
J

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640308

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC. M
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640309
N
1.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".
O

>> INSPECTION END

P

EC-1121
 DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000001640310

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of injector.The
injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle

MBIB1251E

Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640311

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector
1623 data error adjustment value.
Adjustment Value Registration.)
• ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640312

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1122, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640313

1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT-III screen.

The value displayed on CONSULT-III screen should

be same as injector adjustment value printed on
each injector.
OK or NG

EC-1122
 DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. A
2.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".
EC
NOTE:
When two or more injector adjustment value are improper, it is useful to perform “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. And then perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
C
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Touch “ERASE”. E
3. Perform EC-1122, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC P1623 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III F
1. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
2. Perform EC-1122, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
3. Is DTC 1623 displayed again?
Yes or No G
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> INSPECTION END
H
4.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM I
Re-Communicating Function".
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra-
tion". J

>> INSPECTION END

K

EC-1123
 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640314

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.

PBIB1741E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640315

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

ACCEL POS SEN*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.28 - 0.48V

ACCEL SEN 2*
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0V
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640316

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87V
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
84 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 1 ground
Sensor ground
85 — (Accelerator pedal position — —
sensor shield circuit)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48V
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
92 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(B) sensor 2 ground

EC-1124
 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640317

A
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC EC
P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-1079.
• If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-1082.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Accelerator pedal position
P2135 The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal and (The APP sensor circuit is open or D
sensor 1, 2 signal correla-
2135 APP sensor 2 signal is out of the normal range. shorted.)
tion
• Accelerator pedal position sensor

E
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640318

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. G
3. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1126, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

EC-1125
 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640319

MBWA1054E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640320

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
EC-1126
 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".
A

EC

MBIB1218E D

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
E
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H

MBIB1201E

K
3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 1, 2 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Approximately 5V L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

N
MBIB1244E

3.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 84, APP sensor terminal 5
and ECM terminal 92. P
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

EC-1127
 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 91 and
APP sensor terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1128, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640321

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminal as follows.

(+) (–)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

83 Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

E20 E20 84 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed More than 4.3V

91 Fully released 0.28 - 0.48V

E20 E20 92 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 2.0V
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640322

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2.

EC-1128
 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640323

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs. D

PBIB0465E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640324

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec G

MAIN INJ WID • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Blower fan switch: ON
• Idle speed 0.50 - 0.80 msec
Rear window defogger switch: ON
H
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640325

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. I

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION J
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running] K
• Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(V) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
L
at idle
MBIB1295E
114
(B) M
Approximately 8.0V

[Engine is running] N
5 Fuel injector power supply
• Warm-up condition
(G) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

O
MBIB1296E

EC-1129
 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(P)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 3
(W)

MBIB1298E

40 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 4
(W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(GR)
at idle

114 MBIB1297E

42 (B)
Fuel injector No. 1 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
43 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(B)

MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640326

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel in-
P2146 An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
jector power supply circuit
2146 through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.
open • Harness or connectors
No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel in- (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P2149 An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
jector power supply circuit
2149 through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.
open

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640327

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.

EC-1130
 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1132, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640328

EC

MBWA1055E

EC-1131
 DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640329

1.CHECK FUEL INJECOR POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminal
Cylinder
ECM Fuel injector
4 1 No.1
5 1 No.2
MBIB1203E
5 1 No.3
4 1 No.4

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1132
 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640330

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs. D

PBIB0465E E
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640331

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec G

MAIN INJ WID • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Blower fan switch: ON
• Idle speed 0.50 - 0.80 msec
Rear window defogger switch: ON
H
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640332

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. I
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA J
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 7.5V K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(V) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle

114 MBIB1295E M
(B)
Approximately 8.0V

[Engine is running] N
5 Fuel injector power supply
• Warm-up condition
(G) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
MBIB1296E

EC-1133
 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2
(G)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(P)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 3
(W)

MBIB1298E

40 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 4
(W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(GR)
at idle

114 MBIB1297E

42 (B)
Fuel injector No. 1 Approximately 8.0V
(W)

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
43 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Fuel injector No. 1
(B)

MBIB1298E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640333

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. • Harness or connectors
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
2148 put power.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640334

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1135, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-1134
 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640335

EC

P
MBWA1042E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640336

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1135
 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C hi-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
2.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Terminal
Cylinder Continuity
Fuel injector ECM
42, 43 Should not exist
1
4 Should exist
No.1 MBIB1203E
42,43 Should exist
2
4 Should not exist
21, 22 Should not exist
1
5 Should exist
No.2
21, 22 Should exist
2
5 Should not exist
23, 24 Should not exist
1
5 Should exist
No.3
23, 24 Should exist
2
5 Should not exist
40, 41 Should not exist
1
4 Should exist
No.4
40, 41 Should exist
2
4 Should not exist
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
EC-1136
 DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Refer to EC-1137, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL INJECTOR EC

1. Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.

2. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
C
Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".

>> INSPECTION END D

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.
E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640337 F

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. G
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 0.2 - 0.8Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] H

3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

I

J
MBIB1253E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640338

K

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-178. L

EC-1137
 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000001640339

The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.

MBIB0625E

On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000001640340

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P2228 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively low voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
• ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000001640341

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640342

1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform EC-1138, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
5. Is DTC P2228 or P2229 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. Refer to EC-906.
3. Perform EC-1138, "DTC Confirmation Procedure", again.
4. Is DTC 2228 or 2229 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-204, "ECM
Re-Communicating Function".

EC-1138
 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Valve Clearing. Refer to EC-903, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
4. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-904, "Injector Adjustment Value Registra- A
tion".

>> INSPECTION END EC

EC-1139
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000001640343

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed Glow lamp*
Glow control Glow relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Glow plugs
*: The output signal is sent from the ECM through CAN communication line.
When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80°C (176°F), the glow relay turns off.
When engine coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80°C (176°F):
• Ignition switch ON
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Cranking
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
• Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period in
relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Glow Plug
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay.

SEF376Y

EC-1140
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640344

EC

P
MBWA1329E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640345

1.INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.

EC-1141
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Correct.
2.CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut (1) and all glow plug connecting plate nuts
(2) are installed properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Install properly.

MBIB1219E

3.CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates below 80°C (176°F). If it indicates above 80°C (176°F), cool
down engine.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON,
and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

+ -
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F1 51 F1 70
2. Confirm that the voltage indicates above 1.23V. If it indicates below 1.23V, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch ON,
and then glow indicator lamp turned OFF.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates approximately 25°C (77°F). If NG, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-1142
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
6. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions. A

Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage EC
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch
Approx. 0V
ON
C

PBIB0425E

D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
E
+ -
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F1 51 F1 70
F

2. Confirm that the voltage indicates approximately 3.59V. If NG, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body. G
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under
the following conditions. H

Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch ON Battery voltage I
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition switch
Approx. 0V
ON
J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7. PBIB0425E

K
5.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.
Yes or No L
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000, refer to EC-951.
No >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK COMBINATON METER OPERATION M

Does combination meter operate normally?

Yes or No N
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-5.
7.CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1143
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect glow relay (1).

MBIB1220E

3. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 3 and ground

with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB1413E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• 60A fusible link
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery

>> Repair harness or connectors.

9.CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and glow relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-1144
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. A
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E7, F8
• Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug
C

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK GLOW RELAY D
Refer to EC-1145, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. E
NG >> Replace glow relay.
14.CHECK GLOW PLUG F
Refer to EC-1145, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. G
NG >> Replace glow plug.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
H
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640346

GLOW RELAY J
Check continuity between glow relay terminals (3) and (5) under the
following conditions.
K
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals
Yes
(1) and (2) L
No current supply No
Operation takes less than 1 second.
M
PBIB0428E

GLOW PLUG N
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.
2. Check glow plug resistance.
O
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NOTE:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, P
replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or
higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon,
remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, MBIB1130E

then tighten using a tool to specified torque.

EC-1145
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

: 20.1 N-m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640347

GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-175.

EC-1146
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640348

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
Vehicle speed sensor* Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
D
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control EGR volume control valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air E
Air conditioner switch* Air conditioner operation
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR F
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con- G
ditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting H
• Low engine coolant temperature
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature
• High engine speed I
• Accelerator pedal fully depressed

L
SEF908Y

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
M
EGR Volume Control Valve
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM. N
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not O
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.
P
SEF411Y

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640349

Specification data are reference values.

EC-1147
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
EGR VOL CON/V Revving engine from idle to 3,200
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0 step
• No load rpm

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640350

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
25
(Y)
26 0.1 - 14V
(O) [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
114
EGR volume control valve • Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 (B)
• Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
(GR) control valve.)
28
(V)
[Ignition switch ON]
105 [Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
(BR) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(BR) (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G)

EC-1148
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640351

EC

MBWA1057E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640352

1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM connector terminals as follows.
3. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-1149
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Check the oscilloscope screen when revving engine up to 3,200 rpm and return to idle.

+ − Voltage signal
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
F1 2
3
F1 25

E20 114
JMBIA0882GB

1
F1 2
3
F1 26

E20 114
JMBIA0882GB

1
F1 2
3
F1 27

E20 114
JMBIA0882GB

1
F1 2
3
F1 28

E20 114
JMBIA0882GB

The pulse signal as shown in the figure should appear.

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1227E

EC-1150
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
C

PBIB0431E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D

Check the following.

• Harness connectors E9, F4
E
• Harness for open and short between ECM and EGR volume control valve
• Harness for open and short between IPDM E/R and EGR volume control valve

F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal

25 1 I
26 6
27 3
J
28 4

Continuity should exist. K

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. L
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
M
Refer to EC-1151, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. N
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943. O

>> INSPECTION END

P
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640353

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-III

EC-1151
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.
• : Vehicle front

MBIB1227E

2. Check resistance between the following terminals.

• terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
• terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω

20 (68) 13 - 17
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
3. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head.
4. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB0007E

6. Perform “EGR VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-III. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft
moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve
opening.
If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking.

SEF560W

Without CONSULT-III

EC-1152
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve (1) harness connector.
• : Vehicle front A

EC

MBIB1227E

D
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.
• terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3
• terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6 E

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance Ω

20 (68) 13 - 17 F
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
If OK, go to next step.
G
3. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head.
4. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF H

MBIB0007E
K

6. Check that EGR volume control valve shaft moves smoothly for-
ward and backward according to the ignition switch position. L
If NG, replace EGR volume control valve.
NOTE:
When installing the EGR volume control valve, make sure that
the shaft is in the same position before checking. M

SEF560W

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640354

O

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EM-168, "Removal and Installation". P

EC-1153
 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000001640355

The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.

MBIB0626E

The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.
• : Vehicle front
• Alternator (2)

MBIB1206E

CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640356

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
TC V/N CONT/V
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40%
• No load

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640357

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

EC-1154
 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

TERMINAL NO. A
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –

Approximately 6.3V EC

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition C
• Idle speed

D
6 114 Turbocharger boost control MBIB0889E

(BR) (B) solenoid valve

Approximately 8.6V

E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F

MBIB0890E

[Ignition switch ON] G

105 [Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
(BR) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(B) H
[Ignition switch OFF]
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(BR) (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
119 I
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G)
J
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-1155
 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640358

MBWA1058E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640359

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-1156
 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started. A
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. EC

MBIB1207E

2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) har-
E
ness connector.
- : Vehicle front
- Alternator (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON. F

MBIB1206E
H

4. Check voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
I
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
K

MBIB1242E

3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between ECM and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve M
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminal
2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. P

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1157
 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

5.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-1158, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640360

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) har-
ness connector.
• : Vehicle front
• Alternator (2)

MBIB1206E

2. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.
3. Check air passage continuity of turbocharger boost control sole-
noid valve under the following conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

CONDITIONS
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
12V direct current supply be-
Yes No
tween terminals (1) and (2)
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
If NG, replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. MBIB1129E

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640361

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".

EC-1158
 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Description INFOID:0000000001640362

Vibration when stopping the engine can be controlled by cutting EC

intake air right before the fuel is cut. The intake air control valve con-
trol solenoid valve (1) controls the ON-OFF load of the intake air
control valve actuator. As a result, the intake air control valve control
solenoid valve will be turned ON when the ignition switch is turned C
OFF with the engine running and when the engine stalls. After the
engine has stopped, the intake air control valve control solenoid
valve will return to fully open. D
• : Vehicle front
• Oil filter (2)
MBIB1290E E
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640363

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground. F

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) G
+ –
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14V)
15 114 Intake air control valve con- H
(GR) (B) trol solenoid valve [Ignition switch OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition Approximately 0.3V
switch OFF
I
[Ignition switch ON]
105 [Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 1.0V
(BR) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
114 switch OFF J
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(B)
[Ignition switch OFF]
113 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(BR) (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
K
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(G) L

EC-1159
 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640364

MBWA1066E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640365

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-1160
 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Make sure that intake air control valve actuator (1) rod moves
when turning ignition switch OFF. A
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. EC

MBIB1228E

2.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake air control valve
E
actuator (1).
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence under the following
conditions. F

CONDITIONS vacuum
For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF should exist
G
Except above should not exist
OK or NG MBIB1238E
H
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM HOSE I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks
or improper connection. J
Refer to EC-897, "Vacuum Hose Drawing".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.

SEF109L
M
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1) N
harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
- Oil filter (2)
3. Turn ignition switch ON. O

MBIB1290E

EC-1161
 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
4. Check voltage between intake air control valve control solenoid
valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

PBIB0192E

5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Harness connectors E9, F4
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and intake air control valve control solenoid valve
• Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air control valve control solenoid valve

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and intake air control valve control solenoid valve ter-
minal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-1163, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve.
8.CHECK VACUUM PUMP
Refer to EM-176.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace vacuum pump assembly.
9.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Install a vacuum pump A to intake air control valve actuator (1).
3. Make sure that the intake air control valve actuator rod moves
smoothly when applying vacuum of -53.3 kPa (-533 mbar, -400
mmHg, -15.75 inHg) and releasing it.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace intake air control valve actuator.

MBIB1239E

EC-1162
 INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A

Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640366

C
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve (1)
harness connector.
D
• : Vehicle front
• Oil filter (2)
2. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control
solenoid valve terminals. E

MBIB1290E

3. Check air passage continuity of intake air control valve control G

solenoid valve under the following conditions.

H
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
CONDITIONS
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
12V direct current supply be-
Yes No I
tween terminals (1) and (2)
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.
J
If NG, replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve. MEC488B

EC-1163
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640367

The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of

the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
• : Vehicle front

MBIB1224E

PBIB2657E

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640368

Specification data are reference valves, and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Engine is running]
53 72 • Warm-up condition
Refrigerant pressure sensor 0.7 - 3.7V
(W) (L) • Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
Sensor power supply
64 71
(Turbocharger boost sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(V) (L)
Refrigerant pressure sensor)
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor
— — —
(BR) ground

EC-1164
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640369

EC

MBWA1271E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640370

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

EC-1165
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

(+) (-)
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
53
F1 (Refrigerant pressure F1 72 0.7 - 3.7V
sensor signal)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-949, "Ground Inspection".

MBIB1218E

: Vehicle front
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. Body ground E41
4. A/C high-pressure service valve 5. ABS actuator and electric unit 6. Body ground E61
(control unit)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector.
- : Vehicle front
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

MBIB1224E

EC-1166
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3
and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. C

PBIB1872E

4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
E
3. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. F

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.
OK or NG L
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
M
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000001640371

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to ATC-164, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" or MTC-108, "Removal and N
Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor".

EC-1167
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000001640372

STOP LAMP SWITCH

The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch
senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the
ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control
system.

BBIA0560E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH (MODELS WITH ASCD)

When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM
detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal)
Refer to EC-1190 for the ASCD function.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640373

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

BRAKE SW Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: OFF
BRAKE SW2 Fully released (M/T)
• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: ON
Slightly depressed (M/T)

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640374

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
100 114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(V) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: (11 - 14V)
101 114 Fully released (M/T)
ASCD brake switch
(W) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
Approximately 0V
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
Slightly depressed (M/T)

EC-1168
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640375

EC

P
MBWA1059E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640376

A/T MODELS
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
EC-1169
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions.

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
100 F1 2
E20 Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch signal) 3
Fully released Approx. 0V
E20 114
OK or NG
OK (Models with ASCD)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Models without ASCD)>>INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
Slightly depressed Approx. 0V
101 F1 2
E20 Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch signal) 3
Fully released Battery voltage
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1170
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
A

EC

BBIA0560E

D
3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.
E
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
NG >> GO TO 4.

G
PBIB1184E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
I
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. L

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH N
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. O
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1171
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

BBIA0560E

4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-III or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0857E

8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD brake lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

M/T MODELS
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

EC-1172
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
EC
CONDITION INDICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON C

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. D

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
100 F1 2 F
E20 Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch signal) 3
Fully released Approx. 0V
E20 114
G
OK or NG
OK (Models with ASCD)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Models without ASCD)>>INSPECTION END H
NG >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III I
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

CONDITION INDICATION J
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released OFF
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
K
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
L
(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 M
Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal:
Approx. 0V
101 F1 2 Slightly depressed
E20 (ASCD brake
switch signal) 3 Brake pedal and clutch pedal:
Battery voltage N
E20 114 Fully released

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END O
NG >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1173
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

BBIA0560E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT -II or tester.

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0117E

4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and stop lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-1174
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A

EC

BBIA0624E

D
4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and
ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or
tester. E

CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage F
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approx. 0V
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0799E
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I

BBIA0560E
L
4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
M
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. N
NG >> GO TO 9.

O
PBIB0857E

9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P

Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1175
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

10.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 2 and ASCD brake clutch switch terminal
1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
12.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000001640377

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.

EC-1176
 BRAKE SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
3. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. A

Condition Continuity
Brake pedal: Fully released Should exist EC
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist
If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-5, and C
perform step 3 again.

SEC023D

D
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. E
3. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

Condition Continuity F
Clutch pedal: Fully released Should exist
Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed Should not exist
G
If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and
perform step 3 again.
H

SEC024D

STOP LAMP SWITCH I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. J
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions.

M
PBIB2285E

Condition Continuity N
Brake pedal: Fully released Should not exist
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Should exist
If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-5, and perform step 3 again. O

EC-1177
 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
PNP SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000001640378

When the gear position is in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position
because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000001640379

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF

ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000001640380

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
[Ignition switch ON]
110 Approximately 0V
114 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
(G: A/T) Park/Neutral position switch
(B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(O: M/T)
• Except the above position (11 - 14V)

EC-1178
 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640381

EC

P
MBWA1060E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640382

A/T MODELS
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
EC-1179
 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions.

Shift lever position P/N POSI SW

P or N ON
Except above OFF

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 P or N (A/T)
Approx. 0V
F1 2 Neutral (M/T)
110
E20 Shift lever
(PNP switch signal) 3
Except above BATTERY VOLTAGE
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to AT-36.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and combination meter terminal 7.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E101, M91
• Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II

EC-1180
 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector (1).
- Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle A
- : Vehicle front
- A/T oil pan (2)
2. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and EC
combination meter terminal 17.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist. C

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

MBIB1223E
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M91, E101
• Harness connectors E8, F2 F
• Harness for open or short between A/T assembly and combination meter.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
7.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-III
1. Check harness continuity between A/T assembly terminal 9 and TCM terminal 8. H
Refer to AT-94.

Continuity should exist.

I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
L
NG >> Repair or replace.
9.REPLACE COMBINATION METER
Refer to DI-5. M

>> INSPECTION END

N
M/T MODELS
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
O
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. P

Shift lever position P/N POSI SW

Neutral ON
Except above OFF

Without CONSULT-III

EC-1181
 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 P or N (A/T)
Approx. 0V
F1 2 Neutral (M/T)
110
E20 Shift lever
(PNP switch signal) 3
Except above BATTERY VOLTAGE
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) harness con-
nector.
- Illustration shows the view from under the vehicle
- : Vehicle front
- Back-up lamp switch (2)
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to power. MBIB1222E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E8, F2
• Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-1182
 PNP SWITCH
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

6.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH A

Refer to MT-12.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
C
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END D

EC-1183
 START SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
START SIGNAL
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640383

MBWA1061E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640384

1.CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION

EC-1184
 START SIGNAL
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.

Condition START SIGNAL EC

Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch START ON
C
Without CONSULT-III
Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
D
(+) (-)
Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
E
ON Approx. 0V
99 F1 2 Ignition
E20
(Start signal) 3 switch
START Battery voltage F
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and ignition switch terminal 6.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. I

Continuity should exist.

J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
• 10A fuse
• Fuse block (J/B) connector M88
• Harness connectors M91, E101 M
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.
O

>> INSPECTION END

P

EC-1185
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
ASCD INDICATOR
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640385

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that
ASCD system is ready for operation.
SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met.
• CRUISE indicator is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-1190 for the ASCD function.

EC-1186
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640386

EC

MBWA1330E
P

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000001640387

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.

EC-1187
 ASCD INDICATOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON→OFF
first time→at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
185 km/h (115 MPH)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 is not displayed.
OK or NG
OK >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC U1000. Refer to EC-951.
NG >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION
Does combination meter operate normally?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-5.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-943.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-1188
 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000001640388

EC

P
MBWA1331E

EC-1189
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
System Description INFOID:0000000001640389

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
ASCD clutch switch (M/T) Clutch pedal operation
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation ASCD vehicle speed control Fuel injector and Fuel pump
Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Combination meter* Vehicle speed
TCM* Powertrain revolution
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 185 km/h (115 MPH).
ECM controls fuel injection value to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press ASCD Main switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 185 km/h (115
MPH), press SET switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCEL OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed
until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is depressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are depressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (A/T models)
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• VDC/TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing ON/OFF
switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition
must meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released

EC-1190
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models) A
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 185 km/h (115 MPH)
Component Description INFOID:0000000001640390
EC
ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-1064.
C
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-1050 and EC-1168.
ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH D
Refer to EC-1050 and EC-1168.
STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-1050 and EC-1168. E

ASCD INDICATOR
Refer to EC-1186.
F

EC-1191
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification INFOID:0000000001640391

A/T No load* (in P or N position)

Target idle speed 750±25 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position 750 rpm or more
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
*: Under the following conditions:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000001640392

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.8V

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000001640393

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000001640394

Supply voltage Approximately 5V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 - 2.0V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
2.0 - 2.3V
ture.)

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000001640395

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 0.2 - 0.8Ω

Glow Plug INFOID:0000000001640396

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.8Ω

EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000001640397

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 13 - 17Ω

Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000001640398

Refer to EC-1025, "Component Inspection".

EC-1192
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD]
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000001640399

A
Refer to EC-1036, "Component Inspection".
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000001640400
EC

Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 1.5 - 3.0Ω

C

EC-1193